6-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System
TM

TM

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1M23N30302

Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq
Entire Contents © 2015

7$%/(2)&217(176Introduction ............................................6
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................9INTRODUCTION

Ɣ3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXWUHDGLQJ .......................................................9%HIRUHXVH ..............................................13

BEFORE USEƔ)HDWXUHV ...................................................13
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....14
Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................14
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV................................................15

COMMONƔ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................16
Ɣ%DWWHU\ ......................................................18
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU212)) .22
Ɣ$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW .....................22

AIRPLANE

Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V EXWWRQV.............23
Ɣ.H\VORFN..................................................24
Ɣ6WLFNFRQWURO ............................................24
6WLFNFRQWURO$LUSODQHH[DPSOH ................. 25
6WLFNFRQWURO+HOLFRSWHUH[DPSOH .............. 26
6WLFNFRQWURO0XOWLFRSWHUH[DPSOH ............ 27

HELICOPTERƔ'LJLWDOWULPV ............................................28
Ɣ&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ........................................29
Ɣ6ZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWWDEOH ..........................30

GLIDER

Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV ..............31
Ɣ$GMXVWLQJWKHOHQJWKRIWKHFRQWUROVWLFNV ..34
Ɣ6WLFNOHYHUWHQVLRQDGMXVWPHQW................34
Ɣ:DUQLQJ HUURUGLVSOD\V .......................35

MULTICOPTER

Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH ........................................36
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................37Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................38
Ɣ5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............39

TX SETTING

Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................40
Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHSRZHUVZLWFK ....................403

Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................41
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................42

6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 66
6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 66

Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................43

Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................67

Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................44

Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................70

Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................45

Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU ／ 6HUYRWHVW ....................71

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................46

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................72&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................47
Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW ..............................................49
0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 50
5;W\SH 7)+66$LU ⇔ 6)+66 ................ 50/LQN ................................................................. 50'DWHUHVHW......................................................... 51
0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 51

Ɣ0RGHOW\SH ................................................52
0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 53:LQJW\SH ........................................................ 53
7DLOW\SH ........................................................... 53
6ZDVKW\SH ...................................................... 53

7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 72
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 76
2SWLRQDOWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUV ............................ 80
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 81
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 82
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 83
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 84

Ɣ6HQVRU........................................................85
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 86

Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................87
Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................90
Ɣ7LPHU.........................................................91
Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93

Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................54
0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 54
8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 55Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................56
Ɣ(QGSRLQW ..................................................58
Ɣ7ULP...........................................................59
Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................60
Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................61
Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................62/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 63%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 64/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 64/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 64%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 64%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ................... 64%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 64+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 65
7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 65
7HOHPHWU\XQLW................................................. 65
6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 65

4$LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW...............................................97
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ..................................99
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................101
Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................102
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................103
Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO................................104
Ɣ97DLO .......................................................105
Ɣ&DPEHU ...................................................106
Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................107
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ ..........................109Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ .......................... 110
Ɣ(OHYRQ ..................................................... 111+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................112
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................ 114
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW............................................. 115

Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................ 117

7;VHWWLQJ............................................158

Ɣ7ULPRIIVHW .............................................. 119

Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................158

Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................120

Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................158

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................121

Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH.............................159

Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................122

Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................159

Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................123
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................125
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................127
Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ 3,7WR58' .........129
Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................131
Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................132
Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................133*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................134
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................136
Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................137
Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................139
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................140
Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO................................141
Ɣ9WDLO........................................................142
Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................143
Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................144
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................145
Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................147
Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ......................148

0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................149
Ɣ)OLJKWPRGH.............................................151
Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................152
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................153
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................155
Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ .........................................156
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................157

5

INTRODUCTION®

Thank you for purchasing a Futaba T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 6K series digital proportional R/C
system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ  \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
Futaba Service Center.

Introduction'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
subject to change without notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during
your hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQGprogramming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 6K Frequently Asked Questions web site
DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\information on the 6K radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHVVFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXURIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQKRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:
Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
3KRQH
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html
Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com

FOR SUPPORT :(PROGRAMMING AND USERQUESTIONS)
Please start here for answers to most questions:www.futaba-rc.com/faq/)D[
3KRQHRSWLRQOUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
problems or service needs.
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQthe systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact
your region’s support center for assistance.

6

$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG
for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes.
7KH SURGXFW LV VXEMHFW WR UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH 0LQLVWU\ RI 5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQG LV
restricted under Japanese law to such purposes.

Introduction

2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\
the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If
WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUWPrior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased
WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH
been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW
be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models.
0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG
the warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQFRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQ
is subject to the following two conditions: 7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
  7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH
undesired operation.
(3) This module meets the requirements for a mobile device that may be used at separation
distances of more than 20cm from human body.
To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with anothertransmitting device.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/  RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP 6XSSRUW
7(/  RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP 6HUYLFH 
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV
indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide
SURJUDPWRFROOHFWDQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQ
taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC. program provides aconvenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or
PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
(for USA)You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery.
3OHDVH FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDEDCorporation involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environmentand conserving natural resources.
*RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.

7

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)

Introduction

7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFHSXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHGWRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ
against harmful interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG
DQG XVHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV PD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLRFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODULQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:To assure continued FCC compliance:$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH
user's authority to operate the equipment.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&& 5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDUDWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DW OHDVW
20cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.
Where to Fly:H UHFRPPHQG WKDW \RX À\ DW D UHFRJQL]HG PRGHO DLUSODQH À\LQJ ¿HOG<RX FDQ ¿QG PRGHOFOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\
RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV<RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFW WKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$  ZKLFK KDV PRUHWKDQ  FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVV WKH FRXQWU\ 7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RI WKHP LQVWUXFWRU WUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO
free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH  
)D[  
or via the Internet at http:\\www.
modelaircraft.org$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and
ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQ DQG DQ\ REVWDFOHV RQ WKH ¿HOG %H YHU\ FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH
radio interference in their vicinity.

8

Precautions
Application, Export, and Modiﬁcation Precautions.

■ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
■ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
■ The contents of this manual should be complete, but if there are any unclear or missing parts please contact a
Futaba Service Center.

Introduction

1. This product is only designed for use with radio control models. Use of the product described in this instruction
manual is limited to radio control models.
2. Export precautions:a) When this product is exported, it cannot be used where prohibited by the laws governing radio waves of thedestination country.
b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations.
3. Modiﬁcation, adjustment, and parts replacement
Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modiﬁcation, adjustment, or replacement of parts on this product.

■ Futaba is not responsible for the use of this product by the customer.
■ Company and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective company.

For safe use
Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of this product at all times.
Meaning of Special Markings:
The parts of this manual indicated by the following marks require special attention from the standpoint of safety.

'$1*(5  3URFHGXUHV ZKLFK PD\ OHDG WR GDQJHURXV FRQGLWLRQV DQG FDXVH GHDWKVHULRXV LQMXU\ LI QRW FDUULHG RXWproperly.
:$51,1*3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RIVXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK&$87,213URFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULVVPDOOEXWWKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RU
SK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\= Prohibited

0DQGDWRU\WARNING: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

Flying Precautions
WARNING

Never grasp the transmitter built-in antennapart while ﬂying.
■ The transmitter output may drop drastically.

Always make sure that all transmitter stick
movements operate all servos properly in themodel prior to flight. Also, make sure that all
switches, etc. function properly as well. If there
are any diﬃculties, do not use the system until all
inputs are functioning properly.

Never ﬂy in the range check mode.
■ In the dedicated range test range check mode, thetransmitter output range is reduced and may cause acrash.

While operating, never touch the transmitter
with, or bring the transmitter near, anothertransmitter, a cellphone, or other wireless devices.
■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.

9

Never fly on a rainy day, when the wind isstrong, and at night.
■ Water could lead to failure or improper functionality
and poor control of the aircraft which could lead to acrash.

Never turn the power switch on and oﬀ during
ﬂight or while the engine or motor is running.

■ Low battery capacity will cause loss of control and acrash.

Introduction■ Operation will become impossible and the aircraft willcrash. Even if the power switch is turned on, operation
will not begin until transmitter and receiver internal
processing is complete.

Always check operation of each control surface
and perform a range test before each flying
session. Also, when using the trainer function,
check the operation of both the teacher andstudent transmitter.

Do not start the engine or motor while wearing
the neck strap.

■ Even one transmitter setting or aircraft abnormality
cause a crash.

■ The neck strap may become entangled with therotating propeller, rotor, etc. and cause a serious injury.

Do not ﬂy when you are physically impaired as
it could pose a safety hazard to yourself or others.
Do not ﬂy at the following places:■ Near another radio control ﬂying ﬁeld.
■ Near or above people.
■ Near homes, schools, hospitals or other places where
people congregate.
■ Near high voltage lines, high structures, orcommunication facilities.

When setting the transmitter on the ground
during ﬂight preparations, do not stand it upright.
■ The transmitter may tip over, the sticks may move andthe propeller or rotor may rotate unexpectedly and cause
injury.

Do not touch the engine, motor, or FET amp
during and immediately after use.
■ These items may become hot during use.

For safety, ﬂy so that the aircraft is visible at all
times.
■ Flying behind buildings or other large structures
will not only cause you to lose sight of the aircraft, butalso degrade the RF link performance and cause loss ofcontrol.

From the standpoint of safety, always set the
fail safe function.
■ In particular, normally set the throttle channel to idle.
For a helicopter, set the throttle channel to maintain ahover.

When flying, always return the transmitter
setup screen to the Home screen.
■ Erroneous input during ﬂight is extremely dangerous.

10

Always check the remaining capacity of thetransmitter and receiver batteries before eachﬂying session prior to ﬂight.

Before turning on the transmitter:
1. Always move the transmitter throttle stick position to
the minimum (idle) position.
2. Turn on the transmitter ﬁrst and then the receiver.

When turning off the transmitter's powerswitch. After the engine or motor has stopped(state in which it will not rotate again):
1. Turn oﬀ the receiver power switch.
2. Then turn oﬀ the transmitter power switch.
■ If the power switch is turned on/oﬀ in the opposite
order, the propeller may rotate unexpectedly and cause aserious injury.
■ Also always observe the above order when setting thefail safe function.
■ Maximum low throttle: Direction in which the engine
or motor runs at the slowest speed or stops.

When adjusting the transmitter, stop theengine except when necessary. In the case of
a motor, disconnect the wiring and to allow it
to continue operation. When doing so, please
exercise extreme caution. Ensure that the aircraftis secured and that it will not come into contact
with anything or anyone. Ensure that the motor
will not rotate prior to making any adjustments.
■ Unexpected high speed rotation of the engine may
cause a serious injury.

Battery and Charger Handling Precautions
DANGER

Do not recharge a battery that is damaged,
deteriorated, leaking electrolyte, or wet.
Do not use the charger in applications otherthan as intended.

■ Do not use the charger, when it or your hands, are wet.
Do not use the charger in humid places.

Do not short circuit the battery.
Do not solder or repair, deform, modify, ordisassemble the battery and/or battery charger.
Do not drop the battery into a fire or bring it
near a ﬁre.

■ Charging the battery past the specified value may
cause a ﬁre, combustion, rupture, or liquid leakage. Whenquick charging, do not charge the battery above 1C.
■ Do not charge the battery while riding in a vehicle.
Vibration will prevent normal charging.

W h e n u s i n g t h e o p t i o n a l L i F e b a t t e r y,
disconnect the battery from the transmitter andcharge it with the special LBC-4E5 LiFe Battery
Charger sold separately.
When using the optional LiFe battery, do
not connect the charger to the balance charge
connector and the power connector at the sametime.

Do not charge and store the battery in direct
sunlight or other hot places.

■ Doing so cause a ﬁre, combustion, generation of heat,rupture, or liquid leakage.

Do not charge the battery if it is covered withany object as it may become very hot.

Insert the power cord plug firmly into thereceptacle up to its base.

Do not use the battery in a combustible
environment.

Always use the charger with the specified
power supply voltage.

■ The gas ignite and cause an explosion or ﬁre.

Always charge the battery before each flying
session.
■ If the battery goes dead during ﬂight, the aircraft willcrash.

Introduction

Do not allow the charger or battery to become
wet.

Charge the nickel-hydride battery with the
dedicated charger supplied with the set.

■ Use the special charger by connecting it to a proper
power outlet.

If the battery should get in your eyes, do not
rub your eyes, but immediately wash them withtap water or other clean water and get treated bya doctor.
■ The liquid can cause blindness.

WARNING

Do not touch the charger and battery for any
length of time during charging.

■ The battery memory effect will substantially shorten
the battery life even if it is recharged.

■ Doing so may result burns.

Use and store the battery and battery charger
in a secure location away from children.

Do not use a charger or battery that has beendamaged.
Do not touch any of the internal componentsof the charger.
■ Doing so may cause electric shock or a burn.

If any abnormalities such as smoke or
discoloration are noted with either the charger
or the battery, remove the battery from thetransmitter or charger and disconnect the power
cord plug and do not use the charger.
■ Continued use may cause ﬁre, combustion, generationof heat, or rupture.

Do not subject the batteries to impact.
■ Doing so may cause fire, combustion, generation ofheat, rupture, or liquid leakage.

Do not repeatedly charge a nickel-hydrogenbattery in the shallow discharge state.

■ Doing so may cause electric shock or injury.

If the battery leaks liquid or generates anabnormal odor, immediately move it to a safe
place for disposal.
■ Not doing so may cause combustion.

If the battery liquid gets on your skin or
clothing, immediately flush the area with tap
water or other clean water.
■ Consult a doctor. The liquid can cause skin damage.

After the speciﬁed charging time has elapsed,
end charging and disconnect the charger from thereceptacle.
When recycling or disposing of the battery,isolate the terminals by covering them withcellophane tape.
■ Short circuit of the terminals may cause combustion,
generation of heat or rupture.

11

CAUTION

Do not use the nickel-hydride battery with
devices other than the corresponding transmitter.

Do not charge the battery in extreme
temperatures.

Do not place heavy objects on top of thebattery or charger. Also, do not place the battery
or charger in any location where it fall.

■ Doing so will degrade the battery performance. An
ambient temperature of 10℃ to 30℃ (50 ℉ to 86 ℉ ) is
ideal for charging.

Unplug the charger when not in use.

■ Doing so may cause damage or injury.

Introduction

Do not store or use the battery and charger
where it is dusty or humid.
■ Insert the power cord plug into the receptacle only
after eliminating the dust.

Do not bend or pull the cord unreasonably anddo not place heavy objects on the cord.
■ The power cord may be damaged and cause
combustion, generation of heat, or electric shock.

After the transmitter has been used for a longtime, the battery may become hot. Immediately
remove from the transmitter.
■ Not doing so may cause a burn.

Storage and Disposal Precautions
WARNING

Keep wireless equipment, batteries, aircraft,
etc. away from children.
CAUTION

Do not store wireless devices in the following
places:・Where it is extremely hot (40℃ [104F] or higher)
or cold (-10℃ [14F] or lower)
・Where the equipment will be exposed to direct
sunlight
・Where the humidity is high・Where vibration is prevalent・Where it is very dusty
・Where the device may be exposed to steam andheat

When the device will not be used for a longtime, remove the battery from the transmitterand aircraft and store them in a dry place where
the temperature is between 0 and 30℃ [32F and86F].
■ Left standing 'as is' may will cause battery deterioration,liquid leakage, etc.

Other Precautions
CAUTION

Do not directly expose plastic parts to fuel, oil,exhaust gas, etc.
■ If left in such an environment, the plastic may be
attacked and damaged.
■ Since the metal parts of the case may corrode, always
keep them clean.

Join the Academy of Model Aeronautics.
■ The Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA) provides
guidelines and liability protection should the need arise.

Always use genuine Futaba products such astransmitter, receiver, servo, FET ampliﬁer, battery,
etc.

12

■ Futaba is not responsible for damage sustained by
combination with other than Futaba Genuine Parts. Use
the parts speciﬁed in the instruction manual and catalog.

BEFORE USEũŨŤŷŸŵŨŶŃ
Ɣ7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHUThe Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed.

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP
A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the
IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWLWXGHWHPSHUDWXUHDQG530GDWDFDQEH
displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.

Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ
Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.

Ɣ%XLOWLQDQWHQQD
Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to thetransmitter.

Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU

Before use

Antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.

)RXU$$ V DONDOLQH EDWWHULHV FDQ EH XVHG7KH RSWLRQDO +7)% 1L0+ 9 P$  RU
)7)%9 OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$ EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG

Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG

Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP
The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory.

Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKHIXVHODJH,QDGGLWLRQVZDVKSODWHW\SHVFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUKHOLFRSWHUV0XOWLFRSWHUVHOHFWLRQLVDOVRSRVVLEOH

Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP
5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH
arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.

Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWThe lever head length can be adjusted. Lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has been
adopted.

Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH
0L[LQJDQGRWKHUVZLWFKHVDQG95FDQEHVHOHFWHG6LQFHWKHIXQFWLRQRIWKH$8;FKDQQHOV FK,
FK FDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH
programmable mixing function.

Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ
0RGHOGDWDFDQEHZLUHOHVVO\WUDQVIHUUHGEHWZHHQ.

56%UHFHLYHUƔ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH
S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing ispossible.

Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ

13ŦŲűŷŨűŷŶŃŤűŧŃŷŨŦūűŬŦŤůŃŶųŨŦŬũŬŦŤŷŬŲűŶ
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

<RXU.LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV7.WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDLUSODQHVRUKHOLFRSWHUV
56%5HFHLYHU
• Switch harness*The set contents depend on the type of set.

7UDQVPLWWHU7.

Before use

VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP 
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
3RZHUVXSSO\9'U\EDWWHU\

5HFHLYHU56%7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%866%86V\VWHP
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 
6L]H[[LQ [[PP:HLJKWR] J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU
 :KHQXVLQJ(6& VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQŶżŶŷŨŰŃŦŲŰųŤŷŬťŬůŬŷż
The 6K is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS +RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+66 7KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ

Communications System
T-FHSS Air（Default）
S-FHSS（Change is possible）

Usable Receivers
R3006SB, R3008SB*R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system
receivers do not operate.

R2008SB
R2006GS
R2106GF

NOTE：*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use
it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T6K is a T-FHSS Air systemEXWFDQDOVR
be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP
cannot be used.
*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T6K cannot be used with the
R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.

14

Optional Parts

7KHIROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHUWRD)XWDEDFDWDORJIRUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV)7)%97UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU
LiFe.
• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by
SODFLQJWKHLQVWUXFWRURQDVHSDUDWHWUDQVPLWWHU1RWHWKDWWKH7.WUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHFRQQHFWHGWRDQRWKHU
7.V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7.WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKH
WKUHHFRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG 5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV 7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRUSOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU6%677(@>$OWLWXGHVHQVRU6%6$@>530VHQVRU magnet type : SBS50@>530VHQVRU RSWLFDOW\SH6%652@>530VHQVRU EUXVKOHVVPRWRUW\SH6%65%@

Before use

6HUYRVWKHUHDUHYDULRXVNLQGVRIVHUYRV3OHDVHFKRRVHWKH)XWDEDVHUYRVEHVWVXLWHGIRUWKHPRGHODQG
SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR

1HFNVWUDSDQHFNVWUDSFDQEHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU7.V\VWHPWRPDNHLWHDVLHUWRKDQGOHDQGLPSURYH
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
5HFHLYHUVYDULRXVPRGHOVRI)XWDEDUHFHLYHUVDUHPD\EHSXUFKDVHGIRUXVHLQRWKHUPRGHOV 5HFHLYHUVIRU7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH

15ŷŵŤűŶŰŬŷŷŨŵŃŦŲűŷŵŲůŶŃŃŐŃŷřŮŃŋƌƑŃƆƄƖƈŃƒƉŃƐƒƇƈŃŕŌ

Built-in Antenna
VolumeCarrying Handle

Before use

3 Position Switch (A)3 Position Switch (B)3 Position Switch (C)2 Position Switch (D)Rudder/Throttle
Stick

Elevator/Aileron
Stick

Power
LED

Elevator Trim Lever

Throttle
Trim Lever

Aileron Trim Lever

RudderTrim Lever

＋ Key
− Key

END Key

Jog Key

Power Switch(Up position: ON)

Hook(for optional neckstrap)

16

LCD PanelŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŒŵƒƅƒƗŃƖƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑ

Throttle stick warning
Self neutral type（Multicopter/Robot speciﬁcation）

A throttle stick returns

Before use

neutrally by a spring.

Ratchet type（General transmitter）

A throttle stick doesn't return
neutrally.

Throttle stick：Motor or engine
power is controlled.

WARNINGYou cannot use the throttle stick of self-neutral type for RC
airplane, RC helicopter, and certain multi-copter.
It's very dangerous if Engine / Motor becomes middle-speed
by self-return.
It's necessary to change the stick to the ratchet type if using it for
RC airplane and RC helicopter.

17ŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲűŃŤűŧŃŵŨŰŲŹŤůŃŲũŃŷūŨŃŷřŮŃťŤŷŷŨŵżŃ

7KH7. WUDQVPLWWHU LV GHVLJQHG WR ZRUN ZLWK HLWKHU IRXU  $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV RU
+7)%EDWWHU\SDFNERWKDYDLODEOHVHSDUDWHO\7KHWUDQVPLWWHUEDWWHULHVXVHGDUHDPDWWHURISHUVRQDO
SUHIHUHQFH$$DONDOLQHEDWWHULHVDUHDYDLODEOHDWDQ\ORFDOKREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN
will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.

Battery Replacement Method

Before use

Push

Battery CoverSlide the battery cover oﬀ thetransmitter in the direction of
the arrow in the ﬁgure.

Load the new AA size
batteries. Pay very close
attention to the polarity
markings and reinsert
accordingly.

Check:

7XUQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWRWKH21SRVLWLRQ&KHFNWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHGLVSOD\RQWKH/&'VFUHHQ,IWKH
YROWDJHLVORZFKHFNWKHEDWWHULHVIRULQVXI¿FLHQWFRQWDFWLQ
the case or incorrect battery polarity.
Disposal of the Dry Cell Batteries:

The method to dispose of used dry cell batteries depends on
the area in which you reside. Dispose of the batteries in accordance with the regulations for your area.
Slide the battery coverback onto the case.

CAUTION
Always be sure you reinsert the batteries in the correct polarity order.
If the batteries are loaded incorrectly, the transmitter may be damaged.
When the transmitter will not be used for any short or long period of time, always
remove the batteries. If the batteries do happen to leak, clean the battery case and contacts thoroughly. Make sure the contacts are free of corrosion.

18

When Using The Optional Battery HT5F1800B:KHQXVLQJDQRSWLRQDOUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\UHSODFHWKHEDWWHU\DVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
-Always use the optional HT5F1800B rechargeable battery.
-The type of power source used must be set by system setting.
:KHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLOOQRWEHXVHGIRUDORQJWLPHUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\

Dry cellbattery BOX

Refer to the previous
description and remove thetransmitter battery cover.
After removing the drycell battery box from thetransmitter, disconnect theconnector.

Before use

Disconnect theconnector

Insert the connector of the
new battery and load the newbattery into the transmitter.

Finish by installing thebattery cover.

CAUTION

Connect the battery
connector.

When closing the battery
cover, be careful that thebattery cover does not pinch
the battery lead wires.
Shorting of the battery lead wires maylead to ﬁre and abnormal heating andcause burns or ﬁre disaster.

When Charging the Optional Battery HT5F1800B

Charging a NiMH Battery(Example: When using the HT5F1800B with the special charger)

1 Plug the transmitter cord of the special charger into
the charging jack on the rear of the transmitter.

2 Plug the charger into an AC outlet.
3 Check that the charging LED lights.
Charging jack

NiMH battery HT5F1800B(not included)

19

The charging time when charging the HT5F1800B battery
with the optional special charger is approximately 15 hours.
+RZHYHUZKHQWKHEDWWHU\KDVQRWEHHQXVHGIRUVRPHWLPH
repeat charging 2 or 3 times to activate the battery.

AC outlet

ChargerOver current protection
The transmitter charging circuit is equipped with an over curUHQWSURWHFWLRQFLUFXLW $ ,IWKHEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDTXLFNFKDUJHUIRURWKHUWKDQGLJLWDOSURSRUWLRQDO5&VHWVLW
may not be fully charged.

Transmittercharging LED

CAUTION
Never try to recharge a dry cell battery.

Before use

The transmitter may be damaged or the battery electrolyte may
leak or the battery may break.

To receiver
NiCd battery

To transmittercharging jackInsert the batteries in the correct polarity.
If the polarity is incorrect, the transmitter may be damaged.

When the transmitter is not in use, remove the batteries.
If the battery electrolyte leaks, wipe off the case and contacts.

Do not use commercial AA size NiCd and NiMH batteries.
Quick charging may cause thebattery contacts to overheat anddamage the battery holder.

Charging A LiFe Battery(Example: When using the FT2F1700BV2/2100BV2 with the special
charger)

1 Remove the battery cover.
2 Disconnect the battery from the T6K.
3 Balance charging cannot be done through thetransmitter, you must remove the LiFe battery to do
this charge.

Charging jackCannot be used forcharge of LiFe.

&KDUJH WKH RSWLRQDO )7)%9%9/L)H  EDWWHU\ ZLWK WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU LQ DFFRUdance with the instruction manual supplied.

:KHQWKHEDWWHU\ZLOOQRWEHXVHGIRUDORQJWLPH
to prevent it from deteriorating we recommendthat it be kept in about the half capacity state instead of fully charged. Also be careful that the battery does not enter the over-discharged state due
to self-discharge.
3HULRGLFDOO\ DERXW HYHU\  PRQWKV  FKDUJH WKHbattery.
Balance charging connector for
LiFe battery charger.

LiFe battery is removed
from transmitter.

20ŦūŤŵŪŬűŪŃŷūŨŃťŤŷŷŨŵŬŨŶŃŋźƋƈƑŃƗƋƈŃƕƈƆƋƄƕƊƈƄƅƏƈŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƒƓƗƌƒƑŃƌƖŃƘƖƈƇŌŃ&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV
1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectorsof the charger.
3OXJWKHFKDUJHULQWRDZDOOVRFNHW
&KHFNWKDWWKHFKDUJHU/('OLJKWV

Charger

TX: Transmitter charging indicator
RX: Receiver charging indicator

Receiver battery

Before use

To transmitter charging jackAccording to the description of the battery to be used
DQG LWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVH LW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ
out full charge.
:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKHFKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that theuse of a fast charger may damage the batteries byoverheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime.
: K H Q + 7)% L V F K R V H Q  + % & $   L Vrecommended.
:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)%9 SOHDVH PDNH VXUH
to remove the battery from the system to charge it.
Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC(%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV
Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to whencharging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general
JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH
LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFN V DQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG
• Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.
• Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent
inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.
• 'R QRW WR DOORZ EDWWHULHV WR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFW WKH EDWWHU\ IURP WKH FKDUJHU
immediately and allow to cool.
• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ¿JXUDWLRQHWF
• Do not deep cycle batteries as permanent damage could result.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW• ,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH³PHPRU\HIIHFW´OLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH
1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOV UHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU • 1L0+ FHOOV KDYH D VHOIGLVFKDUJH UDWH RI DSSUR[LPDWHO\  FRPSDUHG WR  IRU 1L&G
EDWWHULHV ,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH
• 1HYHUFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\LQUHYHUVH5HYHUVHFRQQHFWLRQZLOOFDXVHWKHEDWWHU\WRRYHUKHDWRU
will damage the inside of the charger.
• Do not add an additional charge after charging.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\ O& RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\• ,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH
• Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.
• Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.
• ,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa& ) UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\cause abnormal charging and overheat.

21ūƒƚŃƗƒŃƗƘƕƑŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƓƒƚƈƕŃŲűŒŲũũŃ
:KHQWXUQLQJRQWKHSRZHUWKH7.WUDQVPLWWHUZLOOEHJLQHPLWWLQJ5)DXWRPDWLFDOO\DIWHULWFRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHUSDUWRIWKH
IURQWRID7.
,I7+5VWLFNLVKLJKWKHQH[W:$51,1*VFUHHQZLOOFRPHRXW0RUHRYHULIDSRZHUVXSSO\
LV VZLWFKHG RQ ZKLOH 6: VHW E\:$51,1* VHWXS KDV EHHQ 21 LW ZLOO EH LQGLFDWHG E\:$51,1*（,QWKHFDVHRI0XOWLFRSWHUPRGHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ DODUPGRHVQRWRFFXU

Power ON

Power OFFPower Switch

Throttle Stick Low

Before use

Power Switch

If the power switches are turned oﬀ in the opposite order the model may unexpectedly run out of control andcause a very dangerous situation.

ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
1. Turn on the transmitter power switch.
2. Turn on the receiver or speed control power switch.

ONŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒȭŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
Always be sure the motor/engine is stopped.
1. Turn oﬀ the receiver or speed control power switch.
2. Then turn oﬀ the transmitter power switch.

OFF

ON

OFF

ŤŧŭŸŶŷŬűŪŃŧŬŶųůŤżŃŦŲűŷŵŤŶŷŃ
7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON.
3XVKWKH＋− KEY while still holding the END BUTTON:＋ KEY to brightenŨűŧٔ− KEY to darken the display

BrightenŨűŧٕ

Darken22ŷŵŤűŶŰŬŷŷŨŵŃŧŬŶųůŤżŶŃŉŃťŸŷŷŲűŶŃ
:KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ DSSHDUV %HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH EH VXUH WKDW WKH PRGHO W\SH DQG QDPHDSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWRÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHOPHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK
Press and hold ＋ KEY for one
second to open programming
menus.

Before use

Model timer display <MDL>
Shows the cumulated ON time for each model. (hours:minutes)
System timer display <SYS>
Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes)
Model type
SystemResetting timers:"T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"
Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display
ﬂashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.
Output display
Battery
voltage Telemetry
Model number
and name
Receiving accuracy
Throttle trim
Elevator
trim
display
display

−key
END
Key

＋key
Jog key

Each trim
value

Rudder trim
display

Aileron trim
display(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQ DSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWWXUQHGRQ 
JOG KEY:
Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a
IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\ OHIWRUULJKW 
3UHVVJOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu.
3UHVV JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQG WR FRQILUP PDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DV WKH GHFLVLRQ WR VHOHFW
D GLIIHUHQW PRGHO IURP PHPRU\ FRS\ RQH PRGHO PHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHU WULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHOSRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG
An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure.
3UHVVJOG KEY again to accept the change.

＋ KEY:

3UHVVDQGKROG＋ KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS
or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.

− KEY:,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH
performed.

END KEY:
3UHVV(1'.(<WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWRVWDUWup screen.

23ŮƈƜƖŃůƒƆƎŃ
 7R SUHYHQW WKH GDWD IURP EHLQJ FKDQJHG E\ HUURQHRXV WRXFKLQJ RI WKH NH\V GXULQJ IOLJKW Dfunction which makes are keys impossible temporarily.

ٕٔ

+RZWRORFN

1 The home screen is displayed.
2 Press the ＋ key and − key simultaneously for about 1 second. "Keymark" is displayed and the keys dis-

Press 1 secondŮƈƜƖŃůƒƆƎŃŧƌƖƓƏƄƜ

abled.

Lock : Jog key, ＋ key, − key, END key

Before useٕٔ+RZWRXQORFN

1 Press the ＋ key and − key simultaneously for about 1 second in thetouch sensor locked state. The keys
enabled again.

Press 1 secondŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏ

(OHYDWRU6WLFN
3LWFKLQJD[LV$LOHURQVWLFN

5ROOD[LV(QJLQH PRWRU
3RZHU

7KURWWOHVWLFN24<DZLQJD[LV

5XGGHUVWLFN*Example Stick Mode2

Stick control : Airplane Example*Example Stick Mode2

A general model example. (There is also a diﬀerent operational model.)Pitch axis Control

Roll axis Control
Right roll
Nose UpThe right aileronis up.

The left aileronis down.

Elevator stick

Aileron stickUP

To the right(moved to the bottom)

Elevator is up.

Level ﬂight

NeutralNeutralElevator is down.

Before use

Level ﬂight

Left roll

The left aileronis up.

The right
aileron is
down.

Aileron stickElevator stick

Nose Down

DOWN

To the left

(moved to the top)

Yaw axis Control

Throttle Control

Hight
Nose Right
Throttle stick

Rudder stick

HIGHT

To the right
The rudder isright.

(moved to the top)

MiddleThrottle stick
NeutralStraight

Nose Left

The rudder isleft.

Rudder stick
To the left

MIDDLE(neutral)Slow

Throttle stick
SLOW(moved to the bottom)

25

Stick control : Helicopter Example*Example Stick Mode2

A general model example. (There is also a diﬀerent operational model.)Pitch axis Control

Roll axis Control

Right roll

Nose Up

Elevator stick

Aileron stickUP

To the right(moved to the bottom)

Level ﬂight

Before use

Level ﬂight
NeutralNeutralAileron stickElevator stick

Left roll

Nose Down

To the left

Nose Right

DOWN(moved to the top)

Yaw axis Control

Throttle /Pitch Control

Rudder stickThrottle stick
Rise
HIGHT

To the right

Pitch UpHight

(moved to the top)

Hovering
Throttle stick
NeutralMIDDLE
MiddleStraight(neutral)

Descent
Pitch Down

Rudder stick
Nose Left

26

Throttle stick

To the left
Slow

SLOW
(moved to the bottom)

Stick control : Multicopter Example*Example Stick Mode2

A general model example. (There is also a diﬀerent operational model.)Pitch axis Control

Roll axis Control
Right roll

Nose Up

Right slide

Elevator stick

Aileron stick

UP

Back slide

To the right(moved to the bottom)

Hovering
Level ﬂight
NeutralNeutralBefore use

Hovering
Level ﬂight

Left roll
Nose Down
Left slide
Aileron stick

Front slide

Elevator stick
DOWN

To the left

(moved to the top)

Yaw axis Control

Throttle Control

Nose Right

Rudder stickThrottle stick
Rise
HIGHT

To the right(moved to the top)

Hovering

Hovering
Level ﬂight

Throttle stick
NeutralMIDDLE(neutral)

Descent

Throttle stick

Rudder stick
Nose Left

To the left

Stop

SLOW
(moved to the bottom)

27ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃŷƕƌƐƖŃŷŔŐŷŗ
This transmitter is equipped with 4 digital trims.
(DFKWLPH\RXSUHVVDWULPEXWWRQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQPRYHVRQHVWHS,I\RXFRQWLQXHSUHVVLQJLWWKHWULPSRVLWLRQVWDUWVWRPRYHIDVWHU,QDGGLWLRQZKHQ
WKHWULPSRVLWLRQUHWXUQVWRWKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOO
change. You can always monitor trim positions byreferencing the LCD screen.

Before use

T4

T3

T2

*You can select the trim step amount and the display unit
on the home screen on the T1-T4 setting screen within thelinkage menu.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.

T1'LJLWDOWULPRSHUDWLRQDOH[DPSOH*Example Stick Mode2◆When the airplane goes up while theelevator stick is neutral.

◆When the airplane dives while theelevator stick is neutral.

◆Elevator trim to up◆Elevator trim to down
Elevator neutral

Elevator neutral

Down

Up

◆Adjust so that the airplane ﬂies level.

28ŦŲűűŨŦŷŲŵŃŒŃųůŸŪŃ

(DUSKRQHSOXJ
The telemetry data can be listened to by plugging
in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See the
WHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ(DUSKRQH
plug

Trainer function
connector*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen.

6%86FRQQHFWRU 6,)When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG

Earphone cable

Before use

S.BUS
FRQQHFWRU 6,)

7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH
optional trainer cable between the transmittersfor teacher and student.

Telemetry data is heard
Trainer cable

Trainer system
3-way hub or
2-way cord

S.BUS servo setting

29ŶźŬŷŦūŃŤŶŶŬŪűŰŨűŷŃŷŤťůŨŃ
7KHIDFWRU\GHIDXOWIXQFWLRQVDFWLYDWHGE\WKHVZLWFKHVDQG95IRUDQ.WUDQVPLWWHUDUHVKRZQ
below.
0RVW.IXQFWLRQVPD\EHUHDVVLJQHGWRQRQGHIDXOWSRVLWLRQVTXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\%DVLFFRQWURODVVLJQPHQWVRIFKDQQHOVDUHTXLFNO\DGMXVWDEOHLQ$8;&+
• Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.

AIRPLANE

Before use

Switch/VR
Switch Ａ
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
VR

1AIL
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−

1AIL1FLP
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−

Switch/VR
Switch Ａ
SwitchB
SwitchC
SwitchD
VR

1AIL
−−−
CH6
−−−
−−−
CH5

1AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap

2AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−
−−−

ELEVON
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−

2AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap

2AIL2FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap

GLIDERHELICOPTER
Switch/VR
Switch Ａ
SwitchB
SwitchC
SwitchDVR

HELICOPTER−−−
CH5
IDLE-UP1/2
THR-HOLD−−−

5 H P H P E H U  W K D W  L I  \ R Xassign primary control of achannel to a switch which you
later use for other functions(like dual/triple rates or
DLUEUDNHV HYHU\WLPH\RXXVH
that other function you will
also be moving the auxiliary
channel.
Don't assign the function
LWLQÀXHQFHVHDFKRWKHUWRWKH
same switch.

30

2AIL
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−
−−−

2AIL
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
CH5

MULTI COPT

*When idle-up 1/2
and a throttle holdwere used.

Switch/VR
Switch Ａ
SwitchB
SwitchC
SwitchDVR

MULTI COPT
−−−
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−

ŵŨŦŨŬŹŨŵŃŤűŧŃŶŨŵŹŲŃŦŲűűŨŦŷŬŲűŶ
$LUFUDIW
CH

1AIL
1Aileron

1AIL1FLP
1Aileron
１Flap

2AIL
2Aileron

2AIL1FLP
2Aileron
１Flap

1

AileronAileronAileron1

AileronElevon1

2

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevon2

3

Throttle

Throttle

Throttle

Throttle

Throttle

4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudder

5

−−−

Flap

−−−

Flap

Flap

6

−−−

−−−

Aileron6

Aileron6−−−

ELEVON

Before use（WING TYPE）
1AIL

1AIL1FLP

2AIL
Flap１Servo(CH5)
Aileron 1(CH1)

Aileron 6(CH6)
Aileron１Servo(CH1)

Aileron１Servo(CH1)

2AIL1FLPELEVON

Flap１Servo(CH5)

Elevon 1(CH1)
Elevon 2(CH2)（TAIL TYPE）
NORMAL

Ｖ-TAIL

Rudder(CH4)

Elevator(CH2)

Elevator+Rudder(CH2)

Elevator+Rudder(CH4)31

+HOLFRSWHU6ZDVK7\SH

Before use

CH

HELICOPTER

1

Aileron (cyclic roll)2

Elevator (cyclic pitch)

3

Throttle

4

Rudder (cyclic yaw)

5

Gyro

6

Pitch (collective pitch)(Normal linkage type)
H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.

$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR

0XOWLFRSWHU
CH MULTI COPTER
1

Aileron2

Elevator

3

Throttle

4

Rudder

5

AUX
Mode

6 for Multicopter
controller

Motor
ESC

[ Connection example ]Receiver
CH1 ←
CH2 ←
CH3 ←
CH4 ←

CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4

CH6 ←

MODE （e.g, U-port）

When using an accessary (e.g,shutter of a camera), use 5CH.

32

Motor
ESC

Motor
ESC

AIL
ELE
THR
RUD

Multicopter

Battery

Controller

Motor
ESC

*OLGHU
1AIL
1Aileron

1AIL1FLP
1Aileron
１Flap

2AIL
2Aileron

2AIL1FLP
2Aileron
１Flap

2AIL2FLP
2Aileron
2Flap

1

AileronAileronAileron1

Aileron1

Aileron1

2

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

3

Motor

Motor

Motor

Motor

Flap3

4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudder

5

−−−

Flap

−−−

Flap

Flap5

6

−−−

−−−

Aileron6

Aileron6

Aileron6（WING TYPE）
1AIL

1AIL1FLP

Before use

CH

2AIL

Aileron 1(CH1)
Flap１Servo(CH5)

Aileron 6(CH6)
Aileron１Servo(CH1)

Aileron１Servo(CH1)

2AIL1FLP

2AIL2FLP

Aileron 1(CH1)

Aileron 1(CH1)

Flap 5(CH5)Aileron 6(CH6)

Flap 3(CH3)

Aileron 6(CH6)

Flap１Servo(CH5)*2AIL2FLP type can't be used for a
motor glider.

（TAIL TYPE）
NORMAL

Ｖ-TAIL

Rudder(CH4)

Elevator(CH2)

Elevator+Rudder(CH2)

Elevator+Rudder(CH4)33ŤŧŭŸŶŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃůŨűŪŷūŃŲũŃŷūŨŃŦŲűŷŵŲůŃŶŷŬŦŮŶ
Stick tip A

Locking piece B

You may change the length of the control sticks to makeyour transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To
OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU¶V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN
the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick
WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[W PRYH WKH ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
XSRUGRZQ WROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ :KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOVFRPIRUWDEOH ORFN WKH SRVLWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
counterclockwise.

ŶŷŬŦŮŃůŨŹŨŵŃŷŨűŶŬŲűŃŤŧŭŸŶŷŰŨűŷŃ
Before use

<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW\RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYH WR UHPRYH WKH UHDU FDVH RI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURPWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRIIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHU1RZ
\RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH
8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ
tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are
VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU

Four screws are
removed and rearcase is removed.

Elevator

RudderAileron
Stick

Stick

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.

+ screw is clockwise.

+ screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen
the screw past
the top of theframe, as thiswill cause thescrew to rub on
the back case.

Stick tension maximum

34

Stick tension minimum※A screw touches a case.

źŤŵűŬűŪŃŉŃŨŵŵŲŵŃŧŬŶųůŤżŶŃ
An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of
UHDVRQV LQFOXGLQJ ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off.
The LOW BATTERYZDUQLQJLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSVEHORZ9/2:%$77/DQG\RXUPRGHODVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWUROGXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\The MIXING ALARM ZDUQLQJ LV GLVSOD\HG WR$/$50 \RX
whenever you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing
switches active. This warning will disappear when the offending
switch or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings
ZLOO EH LVVXHG DW SRZHUXS DUH OLVWHG EHORZ 7KURWWOH FXW LGOHGRZQ DLUEUDNH PRWRU 6:ÀLJKW 0' WKURWWOHVWLFN DQG FRQGLWLRQ ,I WXUQLQJ D VZLWFK 2)) GRHV QRW VWRS WKH PL[LQJ
ZDUQLQJ 7KH IXQFWLRQV GHVFULEHG SUHYLRXVO\ SUREDEO\ XVH WKH VDPH VZLWFK DQG WKH 2))GLUHFWLRQVHWWLQJLVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))
VWDWH,QWKLVFDVHUHVHWWKHZDUQLQJGLVSOD\E\SUHVVLQJERWK＋ / − KEY at the same time.
1H[WFKDQJHRQHRIWKHVZLWFKVHWWLQJVRIWKHGXSOLFDWHGPL[LQJV
,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJBefore use

MIXING ALARM WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved oroverridden.

BACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSV UHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\
The BACKUP ERROR ZDUQLQJ RFFXUV ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU PHPRU\ LV ORVW IRU DQ\ UHDVRQ ,I WKLVRFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ
'R QRW À\ ZKHQ WKLV PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG: all programming
KDVEHHQHUDVHGDQGLVQRWDYDLODEOH5HWXUQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUWR
Futaba for service.
A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.

0,;

7/0

0,;PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRIWKURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQDLUEUDNHPRWRU6:ÀLJKW0'WKURWWOHVWLFNDQGFRQGLWLRQ7/0PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<35ŃůŬűŮŃųŵŲŦŨŧŸŵŨŃŋŷřŮŒŵŖœœřŶťŌ
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH
OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH
UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUVthis procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiverclose to each other within 20 inches(halfmeter).

Less than 20 inches

Before use

2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup
screen shown below by press the jog key .
4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the
ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL]
menu.

;;;;;;;;;

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the linkmode.
6. A chime from the transmitter notifies theoperator that the transmitter has entered
the link mode.
“Beep beep beep”(Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)

,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH
SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLI¿FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJa link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence.
+RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU
EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXUUHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR
the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do
QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH
strongly recommend you to double check whether yourreceiver is really under control by your transmitter.
:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQcommunications begins.
:KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH
VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU +RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH
XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model
selection.

WARNING
After the linking is done, please cycle receiver
power and check that the receiver to be linked
is really under the control of the transmitter.
Don't perform the linking procedure withmotor's main wire connected or with theengine operating as it may result in serious
injury.

In "Link" Mode

Receiver ON
7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.
The receiver will enter the linking state(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after thereceiver power is turned on.

36

8. If the receiver ID is displayed in thetransmitter and the LED changed from red
blinking to a steady green light, linking iscomplete. (The receiver linking wait stateends in about 3 seconds.)
9. Check system operation. If the transmitterand receiver are not linked, try linking
again.

/LQN LV UHTXLUHG ZKHQ D QHZPRGHO LV PDGH IURP D PRGHOVHOHFWLRQ:KHQWHOHPHWU\FDQ WEHXVHGWU\DUHOLQNRQFHDJDLQŵŨŦŨŬŹŨŵŃűŲŰŨűŦůŤŷŸŵŨ%HIRUHXVLQJWKHUHFHLYHUEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJSDJHV‫؟‬$LOHURQVHUYR(Typical installation)‫(؟‬OHYDWRUVHUYR

0RGH6ZLWFK
Use the small plastic screw
driver that was included with yourreceiver.
Switch is also used for the CH
PRGHVHOHFWLRQ &+ ⇔ 6%86‫؟‬7KURWWOHVHUYR HQJLQH‫؟‬0RWRUFRQWUROOHU HOHFWULF
‫؟‬5XGGHUVHUYR/('$QWHQQD‫؟‬$LOHURQVHUYR DLUSODQH
‫؟‬3LWFKVHUYR‫ق‬+HOLFRSWHU‫ك‬

Before use‫)؟‬ODSVHUYR DLUSODQH‫\*؟‬URJDLQ‫ق‬+HOLFRSWHU‫ك‬

0RGHVZLWFK%DWWHU\

56%

6%86SRUW
6%%‫ك‬

6ZLWFK+8%

7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU

LED Indication
Green

Red

Off

Solid

No signal reception

Solid

Off

Receiving signals

Alternate blink

7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU

Status+8%

Unrecoverable error (EEPROM, etc.)

DANGERDANGER
Don't connect a connector, as shown in a
before ﬁgure.

7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU

5HFHLYHU,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQG
burns.

Don't connect servo for conventional system
to S.BUS2 port.
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJDo not insert either a switch
or battery in this manner.

WARNING

6%86FRQQHFWRUV

Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro to
S.BUS2 connector.

37ŵŖœœřŶť ŦūŃŰŲŧŨ
7KH56%UHFHLYHULVDYHU\YHUVDWLOHXQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWVDQG6%86RXWSXWV$GGLWLRQDOO\WKH6%RXWSXWVFDQEHFKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOV3:0FKDQQHOWR6%86
+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH
6%86 ⇔ &+*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation mode is¿[HG
6HHWKHEHORZWDEOHWKDWVKRZVFRUUHVSRQGHQFHEHWZHHQ&+
PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('

7KH 56% LV FDSDEOH RI FKDQJLQJ LWV FKDQQHOallocations as described in the table below.
1 Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, thetransmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
becomes solid RED.
2 Press and hold the Mode switch more than 5seconds.

'HIDXOW&+PRGHLV0RGH$ &+ 

Before use

5 By pressing the Mode switch, the operation
CH is switched sequentially as " Mode A""Mode B" "Mode A"....
6 The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode switch more than 2 seconds at thedesired CH mode.
7 Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG
8 After confirming the operation CH mode ischanged, turn off and back on the receiver
power.

3 Release the button when the LED blinks RED
and GREEN simultaneously.
4 The receiver is now in the "Operation CH Set"
mode. At this moment, the LED indicates
FXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJDSDWWHUQ
that corresponds to the CH mode.

7KH ³2SHUDWLRQ &+ 6HW´ PRGH FDQQRW EH FKDQJHG GXULQJ WKH
receiver communicates to the transmitter.

56%&+0RGHWDEOH
Mode A

Mode B

6/SB

6CH

S.BUS

Red LED blink

1 time2 timeDefault CH mode

PWM 6ch38

WARNING

6%86FRQQHFWRUV

Don't connect ser vo forconventional system to S.BUS
port.
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ

S.BUS

ŵŨŦŨŬŹŨŵŊƖŃŤűŷŨűűŤŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
7KH 56% KDV WZR DQWHQQDV ,Q RUGHU WR PD[LPL]H VLJQDO UHFHSWLRQ DQG SURPRWH VDIHPRGHOLQJ)XWDEDKDVDGRSWHGDGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQDV\VWHP7KLVDOORZVWKHUHFHLYHUWRREWDLQ5)
VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Antenna

Coaxial cable

1. The two antennas must be kept as straightas possible. Otherwise it will reduce theeffective range.
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90
degrees to each other.

AntennaThis is not a critical figure, but the mostimportant thing is to keep the antennas
away from each other as much as possible.
Larger models can have large metal
objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In
this case the antennas should be placedat both sides of the model. Then the best5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away fromconductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank by at least a halfinch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.

Before use

To obtain the best results of the diversity
I X Q F W L R Q   S O H D V H  U H I H U  W R  W K H  I R O O R Z L Q Jinstructions:

Antenna

7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDWGHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU
7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQVKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJPDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH

39ŰŲŸűŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃŶŨŵŹŲŃ
Wood screw
RubbergrommetBrass eyelet

2.3-2.6mm nut
washerRubbergrommetBrass eyelet
Servo mount

Servo mount2.3-2.6mm screw(Airplane/Glider)(Helicopter)

Before use

6HUYROHDGZLUHV
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
SRLQWV3HULRGLFDOO\FKHFNWKHFDEOHGXULQJGDLO\maintenance.

ŶŤũŨŷżŃųŵŨŦŤŸŷŬŲűŶŃ
ƚƋƈƑŃƜƒƘŃƌƑƖƗƄƏƏŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃ
ƄƑƇŃƖƈƕƙƒƖWARNING&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV
Be sure to insert the connector until it stops
at the deepest point.

+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURPYLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU
Wrap the receiver with something soft suchas foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there isa chance of getting wet, put the receiver ina waterproof bag or balloon to avoid water.

5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQD
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do notbind the receiver's antenna with the cables
for servos.
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as
possible from metals or carbon fiber
components such as frames, cables, etc.
Slack in the lead wire.

Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet sothat the lead wire is neat.

*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will
UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH
and may cause a crash.
Install in a way that makes sure that the 2antennas won’t touch the ground.

ŰŲŸűŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃųŲźŨŵŃ
ŶźŬŷŦūŃ
:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
WKHVZLWFK212))ZLWKRXWELQGLQJ
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU

6HUYRWKURZ
Adjust your system so that pushrods will notbind or sag when operating the servos tothe full extent.
,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRDVHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH
on the gear train and/or power consumption
causing rapid battery drain.

0RXQWLQJVHUYRVUse a vibration-proof rubber (such as
rubber grommet) under a ser vo when
mounting the servo on a servo mount. And
be sure that the servo cases do not touchdirectly to the metal parts such as servo
mount.
,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\vibration will travel to and possibly damage theservo.

40ŵŤűŪŨŃŦūŨŦŮŃŷūŨŃŵŤŧŬŲ
$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR
DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKW EXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\ $UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR
be certain the system has adequate operational range.
:HKDYHLQVWDOOHGDVSHFLDO³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LQWKH7.LQRUGHUWRSHUIRUPDQRSHUDWLRQDOJURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO
UDQJHRIWKH7.
7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFN
Select the "OFF" andpress the Jog key.
A screen opens without
outputting power.
The receiver does notoperate.
Select the "ON" andpress the Jog key.
Power is usually
outputted from power
mode.

Before use  7R DFWLYDWH WKH ³3RZHU 'RZQ 0RGH´ SOHDVH KROG
down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch
RQ$ SRZHU PRGH VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG  3UHVV WKH JOG
KEY WR VHOHFW WKH 3RZHU 'RZQ IXQFWLRQ :KHQ WKLV
PRGH LV DFWLYH WKH EOLQN RQ WKH /(' OLJKWLQJ IURP RI
the transmitter will provide users with an audible andYLVXDO LQGLFDWLRQ WKDW WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV LQ WKH ³3RZHU'RZQ 0RGH´$XGLEO\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH
WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOOGLVSOD\³32:(5'2:102'(´7KHZRUGV³32:(5'2:1 02'(´ ZLOO EOLQN DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO UHPLQGHUWKDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVLQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´ :LWKWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX
should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.
  ,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQ WR WKH PRGHO  3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set thetransmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle
VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHOand the engine running at various speeds.
,I WKH VHUYRV MLWWHU RU PRYH LQDGYHUWHQWO\ WKHUH PD\ EH D SUREOHP  'R 127 À\ WKH DLUFUDIW  /RRN IRU ORRVH VHUYR
connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.
 1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LVDFWLYH
6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH
'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYR LWPRYHVWRULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\  $6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.
 &+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.
7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH
,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125

DANGER
NEVER start flying when the “Power Down
Mode” is active.
*Control is impossible and your model crashes.

41ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as
SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWK PRGHOV WKDW XVH D ODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH ZLQJV FDQ EH
quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple
ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7.
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS

Glider usage example
Receiver: R3006SB
Servo: S3173SVi×7 (Optional)

HUB×1 (Optional)

Before use

i-i Connector (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional)i Connector (Optional)* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connectionof SVi servo to SVi servo.

* i Connector makes S.BUS
connection of SVi servo to receiver.

i-i Connector (Optional)
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R3006SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )HUB×3 ( Optional )Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )42ŶőťŸŶŃźŬŵŬűŪŃŨŻŤŰųůŨ
●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number ismemorized by the S.BUS itself,
any connector can be used.

Receiver%DWWHU\

Optional Parts&+02'(

6%
3RUW

6ZLWFK●4-Terminal box+8%

Four connectors can be inserted

Optional Parts+8%●6-Terminal box(TB16PP)+8%+8%

Before use

02'(‫ ڷ‬6%86

Six connectors can be inserted

WARNING

3RZHUVXSSO\

6%866HUYR

Please make sure that you use abattery that can deliver enoughcapacity for the number andkind of servos used. Alkaline
batteries cannot be used.

+8%‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK●When separate power supply used

+8%

%DWWHU\

When a large number of servos are used orwhen high current servos are used, the serv
can be driven by a separate power supply busing a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

6%866HUYR
Optional Parts
OrangeOptional Parts

HUB

Three connectors
can be inserted.

Green

HUB

Used when using
a separate power
supply battery.

43ŶőťŸŶŕŃŶżŶŷŨŰ
:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG

6%867$%/(
Receiver port

S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro

S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro

Telemetry sensor

S.BUS

○

○

×

S.BUS2

× （※）

○

○

Before use（※）'RQ WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH
FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH
&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%

+8%

+8%

+8%

6%866HUYR

6%866HUYR

6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH

6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

6%86J\UR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

44

+8%

7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU

6%86
*<52
ٔ

5XGGHU6HUYRŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŧŨŹŬŦŨŃŶŨŷŷŬűŪ
6%866%86VHUYRVRUDWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUFDQEHFRQQHFWHGGLUHFWO\WRWKH7.&KDQQHO
setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

%DFNRI7.

Before use

3-way hubor Y-harnesses

6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\

1. Turn on the transmitter power.
2. Call the setup screen.
MENU → S.BUS
3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you
want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
4. Perform setting in accordance with eachscreen.
5. This sets the channel and other data for each
S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be usedwith the S.BUS device or receiver.

45

ŷŨůŨŰŨŷŵżŃŶżŶŷŨŰ
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU IHDWXUHV ELGLUHFWLRQDO FRPPXQLFDWLRQ ZLWK D7)+66$LU )XWDEDtransmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry
VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW
ports.
*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode.
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 
7KH7.ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+

●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)

Before useYour aircraft's data can be checked in thetransmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of thereceiver.

7.

Info

SignalBattery voltage isdisplayed at the transmitter.

6ZLWFK

Info+8%

7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU

Slot 1530
6HQVRU

Slot 2$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU

Slot 3 〜 5

6%86
3RUW 6%%●Slot Number
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot
number of the T6K is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1~31 slots.

ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃƌƑŃƗƋƈŃƖƎƜ
‫ٴ‬ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŹƒƏƗƄƊƈ
‫ٴ‬ŤƏƗƌƗƘƇƈ
‫ٴ‬ŨƑƊƌƑƈŃŷƈƐƓƈƕƄƗƘƕƈ
‫ٴ‬ųƕƒƓƈƏƏƈƕŃŵőŵőŰ

ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕ
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕ

ŧƌƖƓƏƄƜƈƇŃƄƗŃƗƋƈŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕ

46

Common function
The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common toairplane, helicopter, glider, and multicopter model types are shown here.

● First set the throttle
to low.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

● Then turn on the
power.
（Home screen）● W hen t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END

＋

MENU

MENU
1/4

Common function（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

（Selection）

MENU
2/4

● Move the cursor( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n ddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
3/4

● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

47

key ／ LCD●＋ key●− key●Jog key●END key■ Function
Common function48◆ MENU 1/3◆ MENU 2/3◆ MENU 3/3

MDL SEL

P.49

PRMTR

P.62

TIMER

P.91

MDL TYP

P.52

P.MIX

P.67

TRAINRP.93

MDL NAMP.54

AUX CH

P.70

F/S

P.56

SERVO

P.71

Ｅ POINTP.58

TLMTRY

P.72

TRIM

P.59

SENSORP.85

SUB TRM

P.60

S.BUS

P.87

REVERSP.61

Ｍ TRANS

P.90

MDL SEL

Model select（Select ／ RX type ／ Link ／ Reset ／ Copy）(Common)

Function
This function is used when calling and copying
model data stored in the transmitter. The selectedmodel data can also be reset. System changes(T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver typeand linking with the receiver are also done here.

Model select（SELE）
The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used whencalling saved model data.

Receiver selection（RX）
The R3006SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to usean S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the
S-FHSS system.

Link（LINK）
When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of thecurrently linked receiver is displayed.

Data reset（RES）

Model copy（COPY）
This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup
or build a number of models with the same data settings.
● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.

MethodCommon function

The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset otherthan the following of a parameter.
[ The function reset in a parameter : TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "MDL SEL"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Model selectRX system（Model number：1 〜 30）● Original data : Model type
Model name● System（T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)

Link
Reset

● Link receiver ID
If telemetry is used, the receiver
ID is needed.

● Select the setting
item with the Jog
key.

49

Model select① Select the SELE item and thenselect the model number bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.

③ Select the model by pressing the
Jog key.

（1 second）−
or

Selection range：1 〜 30

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds to show that
selection is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

RX type① Select the RX item and then selectT-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② RX type change by pressing the
Jog key.

Common function● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

−or● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：
T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Link
① Select the LINK item and then press the Jog
key for 1 second.
（1 second）● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the linkmode. Use the receiver link button to link thereceiver.

② Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds.
During this time, bring the receiver near thetransmitter and turn on the receiver power.
When linking, the receiver ID is displayed.
● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep"sounds and the time remaining isdisplayed on the screen. When 20 seconds
have elapsed, a continuous beep sounds
and the link mode is exited.

For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking iscomplete, turn the power oﬀ and on and check operation.

*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.

50

Date reset① Select the RES item and then press the Jog key
for 1 second.

② Date reset by pressing the Jog key.

（1 second）● Conﬁrmation message "sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and"Complete" is displayed on the screen iscomplete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the conﬁrmation message
is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

CAUTIONThrottle Reverse
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the
Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do notsuddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.

① Select the COPY item and the selectthe model number of the copy
destination by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.
（1 second）−
or

Selection range：1 〜 30

③ Copy the model by pressing the
Jog key.

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beep"s o u n d s a n d "Complete"is displayed on the screen
to show that copying iscomplete.

Common function

Model copy

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

MDL SEL PAGE 2● Original data : Model type
Model name● Copy place : Model type Model
name

51

MDL TYP Model type(Common)Note: The Model Type function automaticallyselects the appropriate output channels,
control functions, and mixing functions for the
chosen model type.
When the Model Type selection commandis accessed, all of the data in the active
memory is cleared (except the following
swash type.) Be sure that you don’t mind
losing this data, or back it up to anothermemory using the copying functions.

Function
Six swash types are available for helicopters.
Five types of main wings and two types of tailwings are available for airplanes and gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for eachmodel type are set in advance at the factory.

（WING TYPE: GLIDER）
1AIL

1AIL1FLP

2AIL
Aileron 1(CH1)

Flap１Servo(CH5)
Aileron１Servo(CH1)

2AIL1FLP

Aileron 6(CH6)

Flap 5(CH5)Aileron 1(CH1)

Aileron１Servo(CH1)

2AIL2FLP
Aileron 6(CH6)

Flap 3(CH3)

Aileron 1(CH1)

Aileron 6(CH6)

Flap１Servo(CH5)*2AIL2FLP type can't be used for a
motor glider.

Common function（WING TYPE: AIRPLANE）
1AIL

1AIL1FLP

2AIL

2AIL1FLP

Flap１Servo(CH5)
Aileron 1(CH1)

Elevon 1(CH1)

Aileron 6(CH6)
Aileron１Servo(CH1)

Aileron１Servo(CH1)（TAIL TYPE）
Rudder(CH4)

NORMAL

Elevator(CH2)

Ｖ-TAIL
Elevator+Rudder(CH2)

Elevator+Rudder(CH4)(SWSH TYPE: HELICOPTER)(Normal linkage type)
H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.

$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR

52

ELEVON
Flap１Servo(CH5)

Elevon 2(CH2)Model type
① Select the "TYPE" item andthen select the model type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Model type change by pressing
the Jog key.

（1 second）−
or● Confirmation message"sure?" blinks.

● The new model type isdisplayed on the screen.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conﬁrm yoursetting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see new model type on your screen, your changed are not saved.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：
AIRPLANE, HELICOPTER, GLIDER,
MULTI COPT

Wing type（for Airplane /Glider）① Select the "WING" item andthen select the swash type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.

（1 second）

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled
after the conﬁrmation message is displayed, the change is not madewhen moved to another setting item by Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.
Selection range：1AIL, 1AIL1FLP,
2AIL, 2AIL1FLP, ELEVON(Airplane),
2AIL2FLP(Glider)

Tail type（for Airplane /Glider）① Select the "TAIL" item andthen select the swash type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.

Common function● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e"sure?" blinks.

（1 second）−● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e"sure?" blinks.

or

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled
after the conﬁrmation message is displayed, the change is not madewhen moved to another setting item by Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：NORMAL,
V-TAIL

Swash type（for Heli）① Select the "SWSH" item andthen select the swash type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.

（1 second）● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e"sure?" blinks.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conﬁrm yoursetting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see new swash type on your screen, your changed are not saved.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：H-1, HR3,
H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2

53

MDL NAM Model name ／ User name(Common)

Function
A model name is inputted into each model in
T6K.
User name is inputted into T6K.
Model name setting（MDL NAME）
This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of thehome screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or othername is entered.
● Up to 8 characters can be set.

User name setting（USR NAME）
The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba
logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set
user name is displayed on the home screen.
● Up to 8 characters can be set.

MethodCommon function

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "MDL NAM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）（Reset）
Model name（Candidate characters）● Characters that can be entered ;Numeric/upper case alphabet/lower case alphabet

User name

Model name① Move the cursor to the model
name digit you want to change bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

② Move the cursor to thecandidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.

or

Set the model name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method：When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or ‒ key and the

Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model namereturns to its initial setting.

54

User name① Move the cursor to the user name
digit you want to change bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

② Move the cursor to thecandidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.

Set the user name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.

Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog
key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns
to its initial setting.

Displaying the user name on the home screen
The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo isdisplayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name isdisplayed.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

② Select "U-NAME" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

③ End setting by pressing the
END key.

Common function

Calling the setting screen（1 second）

Parameter① Select "HOME-DSP" from theparameter 2 page with the Jog key.

＋

−

END

55

Fail safe

F/S(Common)

Function
When normal radiowaves cannot be received due
WRQRLVHDQGLQWHUIHUHQFHWKH125PRGHZKLFKholds the servo of each channel in its position
immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (FailSafe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel
to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS
Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can beset.
ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO ZDV UHYHUVHG E\ VHUYRUHYHUVHIXQFWLRQWKH)6GDWDLVDOVRUHYHUVHG
 ŏ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\ YROWDJH GURSV EHORZ WKH
VHW YDOXH ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH PRGH ZDV VHOHFWHGWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRD
SUHVHWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9

Methodŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ E\ WKH IROORZLQJ PHWKRG DQGLPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
Reset method： T h e b a t t e r y f a i l s a f e f u n c t i o n c a n b etemporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest
side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will
return to the battery fail safe state.

WARNINGFor safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDWthe servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes andto the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio
waves cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very
dangerous.
Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.

Common function

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "F/S"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

F/S Position
Mode selectBattery-F/S : ON/OFF● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Fail safe■ Mode selection（When F/S mode was selected）① Select the mode bypressing the + key or‒ key at the MODE
item of each channel.

■ F/S position■ When using the B-F/S mode

② In the mode selected state, set the F/
S position by holding the stick of thatchannel in the position you want to set
and press the Jog key for 1 second.

① Select ACT by pressing the + key or‒ key at the B-F/S item.

＋−
or（Range）
NOR, F/S

56● A conﬁrmation beeping sounds toshow that the servo position was
set.

＋

−
or

（Range ／ Default）
INH, ACT ／ INH

Battery fail safe voltage setting① Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGEon page 2 of the fail safe screenwith the Jog key.

② Set the voltage bypressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−

③ End setting by pressing the
END key.

END（Set up range）
3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V
5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V
6.8V 7.1V 7.4V

Common function

57

E POINT End point(Common)

Function
The End Point function adjusts theleft and right servo throws, generates
differential throws, and will correct
improper linkage settings.

0〜
140%

0〜
140%

Servo throw
At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40°
for channels 1 to 4 and about 55° for channels 5 and 6.
However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 and 6 isabout 110%.
*When channels 5 to 6 were mixed by 2 AIL etc, the throw
becomes the same (about 40° ) as channels 1 to 4.

ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
LQGLYLGXDOO\ DW WKH OHIW DQG ULJKWVLGHV

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "E POINT"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function● Select the channel with
the Jog key.
● The setting rate of eachchannelSelect the Left/Right (Down/Up)
with the stick (SW,VR).

（Left ／ Down） （Right ／ Up）
rate display rate display＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）

HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（GYRO）
6: PIT（Pitch）

GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）

MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）

End point① A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range：1 〜 6ch② Operate the stick or VR of the selectedchannel fully to the left (down) or right (up)and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋

or−

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value
to the initial value,press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step ① .

58

TRIM

Trim reset ／ Trim step(Common)

Function
Trim Step
The amount of trim change per step can bechanged between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft
capacity and trim application.
Set it to match the application. With ordinary

aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
Trim TypeThe amount of trim change trim type can be
FKDQJHG EHWZHHQ 125 QRUPDO $7/ DQG &17(center) according to the trim application.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select"TRIM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Trim step● Select the item with the
Jog key.
（Trim step rate）● For example, when the step size is the initial value (4), trim movement from
center to end is 30 steps. If the step size is made 40, the trim moves 3 steps.

THR TRIM ATL ⇔ NOR
ATL : With the ATL trim feature,
trim adjustments haveno effect on the highthrottle. This prevents thelinkages from binding when
adjustments are made.

Common function

TRIM (Besides THR) NOR ⇔ CNT
CNT : With the center trim feature,
trim adjustments have noeﬀect on the maximum servo
travel. This prevents thelinkages from binding when
adjustments are made.

Trim step① Select the trim you want to set from the STEP itemand set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Range：1 〜 40
Default：4● When you want to return theset value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

or

Trim type① Select the trim you want to set from the TYPE itemand set the trim type by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：NOR,
CNT(Besides THR),
ATL (THR)59

SUB TRM Sub trim

(Common)

Function
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fineadjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set totheir center position.

Setting precautions
If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range
may be exceeded at maximum control surface
angle and generate a dead band in which the servo
does not operate. First connect the linkage so thatthe amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SUB TRM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function● Select the channel with the
Jog key.

● SUB trim rate of each channel.

SUB trim rate of the selected channel.
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）

HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（GYRO）
6: PIT（Pitch）

GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）

Sub trim① Select the SUB trim you want to set fromchannel item and set the rate by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

60

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value
to the initial value,press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）

REVERS Servo reverse
Function
6HUYR UHYHUVLQJ 5(9(56(  FKDQJHV WKH
direction an individual servo responds to a&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ

CAUTION(Common)For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the
VHFWLRQ RQ 6:$6+$)5 EHIRUH UHYHUVLQJ DQ\servos.
With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always
complete your servo reversing prior to any otherprogramming.
:KHQXVLQJ$,53/$1(*/,'(5IXQFWLRQVWKDWFRQWUROPXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV$,/RU97$,/LW
may be confusing to determine whether the servo
needs to be reversed or a setting in the function
QHHGVWREHUHYHUVHG5HIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVIRU
each specialized function for further details.

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low
directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.
Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.

MethodCalling the setting screen＋② Select "REVERS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel
will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.

Common function① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

● The currently selected channel
is highlighted.

Channel select● Display Reverse/Normal
REV：Reverse
NOR：Normal● Select the channel with the
Jog key.

（Channel number）

Servo Reverse① Channel is Select by Jog
key.

Selection range：
1 〜 6ch② NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key.

● The confirmation message "sure?"
blinks on the screen. (Not displayed
if the same as before.)③ Reverse the servo by pressing the
Jog key.

● A co nf irm atio n b eep ing
sounds and the direction ofoperation is reversed.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

61

Parameter function(Common)

3$5$0(7(5VXEPHQXVHWVWKRVHSDUDPHWHUV
you would likely set once, and then not disturb
again.

Once you have selected the correct model you
wish to work with, the next step is setting up the
SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHOPRMTR
Function

LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Contrast adjustment LCD screen.
● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 〜 +10

Back light（BACK-LIT）
Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.
● ON / KEY-ON (Shines for a deﬁnite period of time after key operation.) / OFF

Light time（LIT-TIME）
Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on.
● Set up range 1 〜 30

Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Light volume adjustment of a back light.
● Set up range 1 〜 30

Common function

Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.
● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DR● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V Ni● FT2F2100BV2 (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V Fe

Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Battery alarm is told with vibration.

Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed.
● Set up range : OFF,1(low) 〜 100(high)Home display（HOME-DSP）
Item selection displayed on a home screen● Futaba logo (Default), TIMER, U-NAME, RX BAT (Case of T-FHSS Air mode.)

Telemetry mode setting（TLM MODE）
Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.
● Range：ACT / INH

Telemetry display units setting（UNIT）
Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.
● Range：METER / YARD （℃ / ℉）

Speech language setting（SPEECH）
Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：Japanese ( ニホンゴ J ), English ( Englis )Speech volume setting（VOLUME）
Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：LOW / HIGH

Stick position alarm setting（STK ALRM）
Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.

62

Method
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

CONTRAST

page 1

BACK-LIT
LIT-TIME
LIT-ADJS● Next page 2 〜 4page 2

page 3page 4

Common function

Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Telemetry mode（TLM MODE）
Telemetry unit（UNIT）
Speech language（SPEECH）
Speech volume（VOLUME）
Stick position alarm（STK ALRM）

LCD contrast① Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numericalvalue (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：-10 〜+10Default：063

Back-light ／ Light-time ／ Light-adjustment■ Back-light mode

■ Light-time

Select the "BACK-LIT" item andchange the mode by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋−

■ Light-adjustment

Select the "LIT-TIME" item andchange numerical value (time) bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Select the "LIT-ADJS" item
and change numerical value(brightness) by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋

or

−
or

● "ON"：always ON"OFF"：always OFF"KEY-ON"：It light on after
Key operation.

● It is only a case in "KEY-ON"
mode here.

Selection range：
ON, OFF, KEY-ON

Selection range：1 〜 30(s)Default：10(s)Selection range：1 〜 30
Default：15● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● It is the brightest at 30.

Battery alarm voltage

Common function① Select the "BATT ALM" item and change thenumerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−or● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DR● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V Ni● Futaba FT2F2100BV2 ⇒ 5.8V Fe

Selection range：
4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V
6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V
*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery
and a dry cell battery is different. Whenusing a rechargeable battery, always
change the voltage.

Battery alarm voltage vibration① Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or
OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
ON, OFF● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told withvibration.

Buzzer tone
① Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change thenumerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒key. The higher the numerical value the higher the
tone.

＋

64

or

−

Selection range：
OFF, 1 〜 100● When you want to return theset value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Home display① Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the modeby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

Selection range：
Futaba, TIMER, U-NAME,
RX BATT−● "Futaba"：Display about a Futaba logo.
"TIMER"：Display about the timer.
"U-NAME"：Display about a user name.
"RX BAT"：Display about the receiver battery
voltage. (Only T-FHSS Air mode)

Default：Futaba

Jog key UP/DOWN

HomeThe Futaba logo ﬂashes

FutabaTIMER

RX BATT
Telemetry mode
① Select the "TLM MODE" item and change the modeby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Selection range：
ACT, INH

Common function

U-NAME＋or

Telemetry unit
① Select the "UNIT" item and change the mode bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Selection range：
METER, YARD

Speech language① Select the "SPEECH" item and change the language
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
Japanese, English

65Speech volume① Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change thevolume by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

Selection range：
HIGH, LOW−or

Stick position alarm
An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the speciﬁed throttle stick position.
● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.

Beep sounds

Common function

When the THR stickis set to thespeciﬁed position.

Select "Parameter"
Press the Jog key to the side and select page 4.

● Select the item with the
Jog key.

（STK POSI ALRM ）● Parameter VHWWLQJ LV

QRW UHVHW +RZHYHUS T K P O S I A L R M ,
DQG WKH Telemetrymode RQ ZKLFK (M)
ZDV GLVSOD\HG DUHUHVHWWDEOH

● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be
used. When ON or
OFF is selected, thefunction is activated.
ON and OFF changes arelinked to the switch.

INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position●The number in parenthesisis the current throttle stick
position.

① Stick position is chosen by Jog
key.

② Set the throttle stick to theposition at which you want togenerate the alarm.

Memorize the position atwhich the beep is to sound.

21
THR Stick66③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds at that
position.

P.MIX

Program mixing(Common)

Function
Mixing that can independently customize 4functions can be used. Programmable mixing isused to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and
PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR PL[LQJbetween arbitrary channels, trim addition, offset,
and switch setting functions.
P.MIX 1 〜 3 (normal type)The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 3:【Mixing Channel】● Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is atemporary combination.
● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing
rate is set, slave servo operation is oﬀset by that amount.
● A VR as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.

【Trim selection】● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.
● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.

【Switch selection】● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to
D and the throttle stick.
● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up /down can be set, andwhen a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down canbe selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set.
When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.

Common function【Mixing reference point change】

P. MIX 4（curve type）
Programmable mix 4 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.
OFS and VR use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described above areimpossible, but switch selection is possible.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "P.MIX"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

67

P.MIX Selection（P.MIX 1-3）

■ Calling the setting screen① Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX
number you want to use.
② Call the setting screen by pressing
the Jog key.

to P.MIX 1-3
set up screen● P.MIX 1 〜 3（normal type）● P.MIX 4（curve type）

to P.MIX 4
set up screen（P.MIX1-3 set up screen）
Function activation
Mixing rate adjustment● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Oﬀset
Master CH selection
Slave CH selection● Select the item with the
Jog key.

（Master CH Current position）

Trim ON/OFF
Switch selection
Switch direction

Common function

P.MIX1-3■ Function activation■ Master/Slave channel selection① Select the MIX item and select ON
or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒key.

② Select the MASTR channel you want
to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not want to use
the function select INH.

−
or

③ Select the Slave channel you want to
us by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
● A VR as well as channels 1 to 6, can be specified as themaster channel. In addition, when OFS was selected as themaster channel, slave servo operation is oﬀset.

■ Mixing rate adjustment④ Select the RATE item and adjust the
mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒key for each direction of the stick, etc.
selected at the master channel.

＋

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

（Changing the ON/OFF Switch）■ ON/OFF Switch selection■ Switch ON direction setting① Select the "SW" item and thenselect the switch by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

② Select the "POSI" item and select the switch
ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：SwA 〜 SwD
THR

68

＋

−
or

● 2P SW：NULL（always ON）, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL（always ON）, UP, UP&DN, UP&CT, CENTR, CT&DN,
DOWN● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point
and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog（1 second）
key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1
second when the position was set, it returns to
the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also
be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

（Changing the mixing reference point）（Including trim operation）■ Mixing reference point setting■ Trim ON/OFF setting① Select the "OFFST" item and holdthe master side stick or VR in theposition you want to set andset the new reference point bypressing the Jog key.

① Select the "TRM" itemand select ON or OFF bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

（1 second）−
or

Range：OFF, ON

Range：-100 〜 +100%（THR only 0 〜 100%）
Default：0%＋

Default：OFF● When you do not want to include trim in
mixing select OFF.

CAUTIONAt the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

（P.MIX4 set up screen）● Select the item with the
Jog key.

Function activation
Master CH selectSlave CH select● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Switch selection
Switch ON direction

Common function● The set curve is displayed on agraph.

5Point curve
setting

P.MIX4
Refer to the P.MIX1 〜 3 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting
described below.

■ 5point curve setting① Select the setting item (P-1 〜 P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of
movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

CAUTIONAt the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

69

AUX CHAUX Channel(Common)

Function$X[LOLDU\FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQ $8;&+ GHILQHV
the relationship between the transmitter controls
and the receiver output for channels 5-6.

5HPHPEHUWKDWLI\RXDVVLJQSULPDU\FRQWURORI
a channel to a switch which you later use for otherfunctions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every
time you use that other function you will also be
moving the auxiliary channel.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "AUX CH"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function● Select the item with the
Jog key.

AUX Channel① A channel is chosen by Jog key.

② Select the "SW" item and then select the switch
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋
Selection range：CH5, CH6−
orSelection range：NUL, SwA-SwD,
VR

70

Servo monitor ／ Servo test

SERVO
Function

The servo display/servo test function displays theCH1 to CH6 servo output bar graph and tests servo
operation.

(Common)YDULDEOH VSHHG /15 OLQHDU  PRGH RU À[HG VSHHG
-03 MXPS  PRGH FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KLV FDQ EH
XVHGWRFKHFNWKHVHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))
FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHOCAUTIONŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOHRSHUDWLRQ FKHFN RI VXFK IXQFWLRQV DV WKH PL[LQJ
IXQFWLRQŏ:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYRPRYHV WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DW WKH VHW SHULRG $

Using the servo test will move the servos totheir full throw. Do not use this with linkages
installed. Using it may damage the servo
and linkage.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SERVO"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）● Switch the screen by selecting
TEST and operating the jog
key to the left and right.
● The servo operating positionof each channel is displayedon a bar graph.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Common function

Switching to the servo test
screen(Servo Monitor）

Screen change● Where "GRPH" is chosen, a
Jog key is pressed in right or
left.

(Servo Test）
Servo test ON/OFF

Type SelectCycle SelectSpeed setting

Channel Select● Operation of a servo test

Servo test
■ Type/cycle/speed setting■ Channel selection■ Servo test start/stop① Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL,SPD) with the Jog key and set the itemby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

② Select the channel you want totest with the Jog key and selectACT/INH by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

③ Select the "TEST" itemwith the Jog key andstart/stop the servo test
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

＋

−
or

（Range ／ Default）
TYPE：LNR, JMP ／ LNR
CYCL：1 〜 100 ／ 10（full speed at 1）
SPD：1 〜 100 ／ 7（full speed at 100）

＋

−
or

Selection range：ACT, INH
Default：INH（only CH1 is ACT）

Selection range：ON, OFF
Default：OFF

71

TLMTRY Telemetry(Common)

Function
This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can begenerated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housedin the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.
● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.
● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.

Common function

Viewing the receiver voltage.

Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry islistened to, the voltage appears.

P.72

Viewing the drive battery
voltage.

R3008SB, CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work arenecessary.

P.76

Using various optional
telemetry sensors.

Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T6K
setting is unnecessary.

P.80

Setting alarms from thetelemetry information.

Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.

P.73 〜 84

HOME

→

−

（1 second） →SERVO monitor

→

−

→

TELEMETRY display
END key pressed return to HOME.

RX-BATT● Viewing the receiver voltage.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

Display
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

② Select "TLMTRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋

Receiver voltage display● How to display receiver voltage
on a home screen.
PARAMETER
HOME-DSP"RX BATT" is chosen by ＋ key or − key.

72

● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in thetransmitter. (Value until reset)

Display
Calling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Receiver voltage display
Receiver voltage MIN

Receiver voltage MAX① Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT
screen with the Jog key.

② Date reset by pressing the
Jog key for 1 second.

Common function

MIN/MAX reset● A confirmation "beep"sounds when complete.

ŏ 5HFHLYHU → 7UDQVPLWWHU
7 K H  U H F H S W L R Q  R I  W K HVLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ
7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKWWARNING
Do not stare at or set the transmitter setting screen while ﬂying.
■ Losing sight of the aircraft during ﬂight is very dangerous.
■ When you want to check the information during ﬂight, call the telemetry screen before ﬂight
and have the screen checked by someone other than the operator.

73

● Setting receiver voltage alarm.
Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Common function

DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated whenthe voltage drops below
the set voltage.

Alarm set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Vibration set① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the "TYP1 〜 TYP3" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

"VIB" types
TYP 1

＋

or

−

TYP 2
TYP 3

Alarm voltage set① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with
the Jog key.

② Select the voltage by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

Selection range：
3.5V 〜 8.4V

＋

or

−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

74

● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.
The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5 φplug). The speech function can be turned on and oﬀ with the speciﬁed switch.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Speech① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Common function

Selects the switchthat turns the speech
function on and oﬀ.

SpeechACT / INH

Switch① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋or

Selection range：
NULL, SWA 〜 SWD−
OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 PositionON
3 Position75

EXT-VOLT
When connected as shown in the ﬁgure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and anotherpower supply battery can be displayed at the T6K.
● R3008SB Receiver, CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input cable sold separately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.

([WUD9ROWDJH
3RUW

56% (Sold separately))XVH%ODFNOLQH
5HGOLQH&$59,1ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHULQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9

Common function

3RZHU%DWWHU\RUDQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
IRUVHUYRV%UDQFK

7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU
RU6HUYR● EXT-Voltage display
When connected as shown in the ﬁgure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

MethodCalling the SENSOR screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

EXT start① In the SENSOR screen state, select"EXT ▶ OFF " from the menu with
the Jog key.

② S e l e c t t h e " R3008S B " b ypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

SENSOR Screen−or56%76

Display
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

EXT-Voltage display● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX
In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter.
(Value until reset)

Common function

Calling the setting screen① S e l e c t "EX T- V OLT " f r o m t h etelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

EXT-Voltage display
EXT-Voltage MAX

EXT-Voltage MIN

MIN/MAX reset① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Date reset by pressing the
Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

77

● EXT-Voltage alarm set up
This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) thatvibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "EXT-VOLT" from thetelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Common function

DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated whenthe voltage drops below
the set voltage.

Alarm set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Vibration set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the "TYP1 〜 TYP3" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

"VIB" types
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

Alarm voltage set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state,
select (LIMIT) from the menu with
the Jog key.

② Select the voltage bypressing the + key or ‒key.

Selection range：
0.0V 〜 70.0V

＋

or

−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

78

● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.
The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mmplug). The speech function can be turned on and oﬀ with the speciﬁed switch.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "EXT-VOLT" from thetelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Speech ON/OFF Switch
selection

Speech① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Common function

SpeechACT / INH

Switch set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋or

Selection range：
NULL, SWA 〜 SWD−
OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 PositionON
3 Position

79Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting
9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUV VROGVHSDUDWHO\ DUHFRQQHFWDEOHWRWKH6%86SRUWRIWKH56%WKURXJKDZD\KXEDQGUHOD\WHUPLQDOV7KHLQIRUPDWLRQRIVHQVRUVFRQQHFWHGDWLQLWLDOL]DWLRQFDQEHYLHZHGDV
long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).
● Sensors that can be used with the T6K: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T6K: Robbe TEMP125, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672 (Setting change is needed in a
SENSOR screen.)*Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.

Sensor Connection
6%86 6%%&RQQHFWRU

7(036HQVRU
6%677(+8%

5306HQVRU
6%652505%$OWLWXGH6HQVRU
6%6$Common function

5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH
PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU

MethodSensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected
sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting andpressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.
● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.

① Select "TELEMETRY" from themenu with the Jog key.

② The sensor item of your choice
is chosen by Jog key, and Jog
key is pressed.

Sensor set up

80

TEMP : Display of SBS-01T/TE(Option), and alarm setup*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT"
of "PARAMETER".

TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up
the temperature information from an optionaltemperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RXŏ6HOHFW>703@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SUHVV WKH -RJ
NH\
ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate resetby pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ83ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXHŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K HWHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFKIXQFWLRQTYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

OFF

Common function"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQW K H  W H P S H U D W X U HGURSV EHORZ WKH VHWYDOXHOFF
ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

ALARM set : Hot warning

ALARM set : Low-temperature warning

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\81

R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO/RB(Option), and alarm setup*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
530 LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\V  VHWV XS WKH530LQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDO530VHQVRU
7KH 530 RI WKH PRGHO HQJLQH  PRWRU HWF 
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RXŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ 7 K H  P D [ L P X P  Z K H QSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ  0 D [ L P X P  dat e r e s e t b yŏ530

pressing the Jog key for 1
second.ŏ83 ,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKHDODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH

Common function

ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXHŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
530 GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3ŏ0$* 0$*1(7,& RU237
237,&$/ LVVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6505%0$*1(7,&6%652237,&$/

ŏ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
EODGHV ),1 RIWKHSURSHOOHU UR
WRU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG

ŏ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLRRI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU  \RX DUHXVLQJLVHQWHUHGŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

OFF
OFF

ON
2 Position

3 Position

ALARM set : Over rotations

ALARM set : Under rotations

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/$50LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/$50LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\82

ON

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A (Option), and alarm setup*An altitude sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS
the altitude information from an optional altitude
sensor. The altitude of the model which is flying
FDQ EH NQRZQ ,I LW EHFRPHV KLJKHU ORZ  WKDQ
preset altitude, you can be told by alarm. To show
ZDUQLQJ E\ YLEUDWLRQ FDQ DOVR EH FKRVHQ 'DWD
when a power supply is turned on shall be 0 m, andit displays the altitude which changed from there.
(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQDLU¿HOGLVKLJKWKDWVKDOO

EHPDQGWKHDOWLWXGHGLIIHUHQFHIURPDQDLU¿HOG
is displayed. This sensor calculates the altitude
from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure
will get lower as you go up in altitude, using
this the sensor will estimate the altitude. Please
understand that an exact advanced display cannot
be performed if atmospheric pressure changes in aweather situation.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of"PARAMETER".

ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ 0D[LPXP DQG PLQLPXP GDWH UHVHWE\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG

ŏ6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ$OWLWXGH$/7,78'(

Pŏ  8 3   L Q G L F D W H V  W K HDODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0,10$;
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQHDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

First, the set of a reference is required.

ALARM set : Low side7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKHDOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(&LWHP
3UHVVWKH-RJNH\ VRUPRUHSUHVV 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKWALARM set : High side0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7Common function

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣

ŏ  ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 5()(5(1&(㌣(;(&DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHVEHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXHŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\83

VARIO : Display of SBS-01A (Option), and alarm setup*An altitude sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH
variometer information from an optional altitude
sensor.
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of"PARAMETER".

ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset bypressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ9DULRPHWHU

9$5,2

PV
ŏ  8 3   L Q G L F D W H V  W K HDODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0,10$;
W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H V  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜

Common function

84"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣

ŏ  ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H VEHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXHŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQOFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

ALARM set : Rise side

ALARM set : Low side0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\SENSOR Sensor(Common)

Function
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used
ZLWK WKH WUDQVPLWWHU :KHQ )XWDED 6%67(6%$52505%DQG6%6$VHQVRULVXVHG
this setting is unnecessary and the sensor can be
XVHGE\VLPSO\FRQQHFWLQJLWWRWKH6%86SRUWRI
the receiver.

When using sensor to which the slot number
ZDVFKDQJHGE\RWKHUWUDQVPLWWHUVRU5REEHVHQVRU
7(03 9$5,2   WKH\ PXVW EH
registered here.

[What is a slot?]
6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slot". There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31. Altitude sensors units may use multiple slots.
7.FDQXVHRIWHPSHUDWXUH530DQGDOWLWXGHVHQVRUUHVSHFWLYHO\$Q\PRUHVHQVRUFDQ W
be used.

MethodCalling the setting screen＋② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Change the sensor① In the SENSOR screen state, select(sensor) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Common function① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

② Select the sensor by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key
press.

or−● The kind of sensors.

● SBS-01T, SBS-01TE is used.
● SBS-01RO, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RB is used.

● OFF → R3008SB：EXT battery voltage can be indicated.
● R3008SB Receiver, CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input cable soldseparately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.

85

● REGISTER（When using sensor to which the slot number was changed by other transmitters.）
This function resets a starting slot of a sensor and registers with a transmitter.
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH

Sensor connect

Receiver battery

HUB

SensorConnect a sensor to add

T6K

MethodCalling the setting screen

Common function① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Left 1-timepress

Sensor register① SENSOR page 2 is chosen by Jog
key.

② Connect a sensor and a battery to thetransmitter.

③ Press the Jog key for 1 second.

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

④ Press the Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds when complete.

● "COMU-ERROR" : ,WLVIDLOXUHRIUHJLVWHU&KHFN
a sensor and connection.

86

S.BUS

S.BUS servo link

(Common)

Function$Q6%86  VHUYRFDQPHPRUL]HWKHFKDQQHO
and various settings you input. Servo setting canbe performed on the T6K screen by wiring the
VHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH:LWKVRPH6%86  VHUYRVWKHUHDUHVRPHIXQFWLRQVZLWKFDQQRW EH XVHG ,I D IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG WKH GLVSOD\screen will change. (Only the function which can be used bya servo is displayed.)
$IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH
if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be
operated and carried out.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "S.BUS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Receiver battery

Common function④ Connect a S.BUS servo to
set up.

HUB

S.BUS/

S.BUS Servo setting⑤ "READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press
the Jog key for 1 second.

S.BUS2 Servo

T6K⑥ READ is completed andthe item in which data of
S.BUS servo and a setup
are possible is displayed.
* "COMU-ERROR" :It is failure of READ. Check a
servo and connection.

⑦ S.BUS servo is set up.
⑧ "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key
is pressed for 1 second.

The writing is done when "Complete"is shown.

Next page S.BUS servo function

87

S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossiblefunction.

ID =[ ID ]

Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.

CHAN ▶

[ Channel ]Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.

NEUT ▶

[ Neutral Oﬀset ]Common function

The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral oﬀset is large value, the servo's rangeof travel is restricted on one side.

EPA ▶

[ Travel Adjust ]The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.

DEAD ▶

[ Dead band ]The dead band angle at stopping can be speciﬁed.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal
change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and thecurrent consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.

REVE ▶

[ Reverse ]The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.

STRE ▶

[ Stretcher ]The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to thetarget position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be
adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown
below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.

88

BOST ▶

[ Boost ]The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Sincea small travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded.
The motor can be immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the
motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is toolarge, operation will become rough.

DAMP ▶

[ Damper ]The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshootcharacteristic. If the value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before thestop position.

[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel likethe servo response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but thelife of the servo will also be shortened.

BSTM ▶ ON/OFF

Common function

Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting
may occur, depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo
to oscillate) occurs even though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are
suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the initial value.

[ Boost ON/OFF ]OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)

SPED ▶

[ Speed Control ]Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos canbe matched without being aﬀected by motor ﬂuctuations. This is eﬀective for load torques
below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even
if the servos operating voltage is increased.

STAR ▶

[ Soft Start ]Restricts operation in the speciﬁed direction the instant the power is turned on. By using thissetting, the ﬁrst initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to thespeciﬁed position.

SMOT ▶

[ Smoother ]This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movementchanges. Smooth setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick
operation is necessary such as 3D.

89M TRANS Model transfer(Common)

Function

TRANSFERRECEIVE

Transmission of model data is possible with T6K
WUDQVPLWWHUV'DWDWUDQVIHULVSHUIRUPHGE\WKHUDGLR7KH
0'/75$16 IXQFWLRQ ZRUNV ZLWK WKH FXUUHQW PRGHOyou are using in the transmitter. As for the receiving
transmitter, any data on the current model that is receiving
the information will be over-written.

Model Data

*T6K does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.

T6K-1

MethodT6K-2

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "M TRANS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function

MODE：
TRANSFER（T6K of data
origin ）／RECEIVE（T6K which receives
data）

Execution of transmission/
reception

Model transfer● MDL-TRANS between two T6K radios should be performed within 2-meter range.
① In each T6K, the ＋ or − key is pressed and it ismade "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".

＋

−
or

● "TRANSFER"：T6K of data origin"RECEIVE"：T6K which receives data

Selection range：TRANSFER, RECEIVE

CAUTION
Always check servo direction prior to every
flight as an additional precaution to confirm
proper model date, hook ups, and radio
function.
NOTE: 0'/75$16 EHWZHHQ WZR 7. UDGLRV VKRXOGbe performed within a 2-meter range.

90② Select "Execute" with the Jog key.

③ Hold down the Jog key [ each T6K ].
（1 second )）● "Complete" is displayed and the modetransfer is ﬁnished.
● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter
returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At
this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.

TimerTIMER(Common)

Function
The timer is convenient during a competition to
VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH
on a full tank of fuel.
ŏ7KH WLPHUV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK PRGHO 6LQFH WKHWLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW
KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG
ŏ7KH W\SH RI WLPHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ
XS 83  GRZQ '2:1  DQG GRZQ VWRS '1673 
7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG
WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQWLPHULV
FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJWLPH LV GLVSOD\HG RQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KH GRZQ VWRSWLPHUVWRSVWKHFRXQWDW(DFKWLPHUFDQEHVHWXSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGVŏ6ZLWFKHV $ WR ' WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5  RU SRZHUVZLWFK 3:56:  FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VWDUWVWRS VZLWFK 67$57  7KH 212)) GLUHFWLRQ FDQDOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV
WXUQHGRQ
ŏ:KHQWKHWLPHU\RXZDQWWRUHVHWLVVHOHFWHGZLWKWKH-RJNH\DQGWKH-RJNH\LVSUHVVHGIRUVHFRQG
DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQWKHWLPHULVUHVHW6ZLWFKHV$WR'FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK 5(6(7 7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW
ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHU DXGLEOH DODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH
WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ
DW  VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP  VHFRQGV EHIRUH WKHVHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG
LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH

Method＋② Select "TIMER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

● When the throttle switch is● Select the item with the
Jog key.
Time set up
Mode selection
ON Switch selection

Reset Switch selection

Switch direction

selected at switch selection,
hold the throttle stick in theposition you want to set the
ON/OFF point at ON direction
setting and set the ON/OFF
position by pressing the Jog key
for 1 second. The timer is turned
ON at points higher than thisposition. The ON direction canbe switched by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

Timer
■ Mode selection① Select timer mode

from the "MODE"
with the ＋ or − key.

＋

−
or

（Range）
UP, DOWN, DN-STP■ Timer time setting■ Switch selection and ON direction setting② Set the time bypressing the + key or‒ key at each TIME
(minutes):(second)item.

③ Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the
START or RESET item and set the ON direction by pressing
the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting item.
(Switch setting range)
START: SwA 〜 D, THR, PWRRESET: SwA 〜 D(Switch ON direction)
3P SW: NULL (normally oﬀ), UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN

（Range）
0 〜 99 m i n u t e s 59
seconds

91

Displaying the timer on the home screen
The set timer can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo isdisplayed.) When the home screen display is changed to timer by PARAMETER, the set timer is displayed.

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋

Common function

92② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

② Select "TIMER" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

③ End setting by pressing the
END key.

（1 second）

Parameter① Select "HOME-DSP" from theparameter 2 page with the Jog key.

＋

−

END

TRAINR Trainer(Common)

Function
6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLI¿FXOW\FDQEHVHW
to match the student’s level.
The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor’s transmitter to the student’s transmitterXVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUG VROGVHSDUDWHO\ 6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I
the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.
Trainer code

● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel.
● The trainer switch is set to switch D.

When the trainer function is used, cancel the function
assigned to the switch D. THR-HOLD of a helicopter can't
be used.
Teacher

CAUTION
Use the trainer function under the following conditions:Student

Trainer function operation modes● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set atthe instructorʼ s transmitter. *Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance. Next,
reverse function makes all channels normal.
● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the studentʼ s transmitter. (The
instructor and student settings must be the same.)● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled
by the instructor.

Common function● When the instructor uses a T6K transmitter, set the studentʼ s transmitter modulation to PPM (forconventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T6K transmitter, the modulation
mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)● Before ﬂight always conﬁrm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.
● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not workloose during use.
● Always remove the high frequency module of the studentʼ s transmitter. (For module type)● Never turn on the studentʼ s transmitter power switch.

However, channels not provided at the studentʼ s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above
settings.
When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.

Example of use● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible evenwith a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).
● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the studentʼ slevel to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.

◆ Trainer Cords
Instructor

Student

Trainer Cords
T12FG (FUTM4405)

6K

10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX
18MZ, 18SZ, 14MZ,
14SG, FX-22, 12Z,
12FG, 8FG, 6K, 8J, 6J

18MZ, 18SZ,
14MZ, 14SG, FX22, 12Z, 12FG,
8FG, 10C, 9C, 7C,
8J, 6J, 4EX

T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C(FUTM4415) Trainer Cords

6K

93

Method
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "TRAINR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）（Trainer function）● Select the item with the
Jog key.

● If a trainer cable wasconnected, it indicates "ON
LINE".

Function activation
Channel Select● Channel setting mode display

Common function● Select CH mode Display＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）

HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（Gyro）
6: PIT（Pitch）

GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）−② The mode of the channel of hopeis chosen by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）

Trainer function■ Function activation① Select the "OFF" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋or● When you do not want to use thefunction select INH.

■ Mode setting

＋

−
or

Selection range：OFF,
NOR, FNC

The switch D isn't supposed to have theimportant function about a ﬂight.

When the switch D ofteacher's transmitteris turned oﬀ, it'll beteacher's control.

When the switch D ofteacher's transmitteris turned on at thefront, it'll be student's
control.
嵉崳嵍
嵤岜岜

岜岜

㌣崮嵔
㌣崣 嵉崰嵒嵤嵛
㌣6% 崝嵤
㌣'
5㌣嵊 86崣崫崮㌣崣 (;32崯嵛崧嵤㌣崰 嵓崰嵑嵛 崌嵔崡崊嵑嵤㌣崠 嵤崲嵤
嵈
嵋崌嵕
崣嵛崡

94

嵉崳嵍
嵤岜岜

岜岜

㌣崮嵔
㌣崣 嵉崰嵒嵤嵛
㌣6% 崝嵤
㌣'
5㌣嵊 86崣崫崮㌣崣 (;32崯嵛崧嵤㌣崰 嵓崰嵑嵛 崌嵔崡崊嵑嵤㌣崠 嵤崲嵤嵈嵋崌嵕崣嵛崡The switch D isn't
the return switch, so
be careful.

Airplane Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to airplane (AIRPLANE) is displayed here.

Power ON

● First set thethrottle to low.

● Then turn on the
power.
（Home screen）● When t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

END

The wing type
is indicatedevery several
seconds.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key$)● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is（1 second）
displayed.

＋

MENU
Airplane

MENU
1/4

MENU
2/4

MENU
3/4

（Selection）● Move the cursor(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and rightwith the Jog key and selectthe function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）

MENU
4/4

● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

95

■ The menu items can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if
WING type is 1AIL, since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING
type used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function◆ MENU 1/4◆ MENU 2/4◆ MENU 3/4

Airplane

MDL SEL

P.49

PRMTR

P.62

TIMER

P.91

MDL TYP

P.52

P.MIX

P.67

TRAINERP.93

MDL NAMP.54

AUX CH

P.70

F/S

P.56

SERVO

P.71

THR CUT

P.97

Ｅ POINTP.58

TLMTRYP.72

DR EXP

P.99

TRIM

P.59

SENSORP.85

THR CRV

P.101

SUB TRM

P.60

S.BUS

P.87

IDL DWN

P.102

REVERSP.61

Ｍ TRANS

P.90

GYRO

P.103

◆ MENU 4/4
AIL DIFP.104

Ｖ TAILP.105

CAMBER

P.106

AIR BRKP.107

EL → FLP

P.109

FLP → ELP.110

key ／ LCD●＋ key●END key

ELEVON96

P.111●− key●Jog key

THR CUT Throttle cut(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate isadjusted to the position which completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When THR CUT is active, the throttle position isheld regardless of the throttle stick position.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQLVQRWUHVHWHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH  125(6&PRGHWKHQH[WSDJHUHIHUULQJŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 '
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

ŏ7KH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW
FDQ EH VHW VR WKH PRWRU ZLOO QRW XQH[SHFWHGO\UXQ DW KLJK VSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

Mode
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC.

Airplane● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

● The value in parentheses is thecurrent throttle stick position.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Throttle Cut■ Mode① Select the "MODE" item and then select themode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

■ Activating the function② Select the "MIX" item and then select the oﬀ
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−

or

or

Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

● "NOR"：Engine plane"ESC"：Electric motor plane97Throttle Cut■ Switch selection③ Select the "SW" item and then selectthe switch by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Switch direction④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

＋

−

−
or

or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwD● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

Default：SwA■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then selectthe cht position by pressing the + key or‒ key (motor stop).

＋■ Function Throttle Position⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the position
by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1
second.

−or● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range：-30 〜 0 〜 +30%
Default：0%● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：15%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Airplane

NOR MODE（Engine）

ESC MODE（Motor）

THR CHTTHR CHT
OFF

OFF
ON
ON

Cut switch ON

Cut switch ON

Motor Stop

THR stick Low(It's possible to do
positional change.）

Enginestop

ReleaseOFF

ReleaseON

THR stick
middle-high(Besides the low)

OFF

ON

Cut switch OFF

THR stick Low

Cut switch OFFOFF

THR Active(It's possible to do
positional change.）ON

THR stickLow

Cut switch
OFF(It's possible to do
positional change.）98

Motor Stop

Low→HighStart

DR EXP

Dual rate ／ EXPOWING TYPE

Function(AIRPLANE)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2(3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQ
EHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

Method
① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

AirplaneCalling the setting screen（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：RudderSelect the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick .

99

D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Airplane

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of thesame channel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

＋

−
or

Range：1, 2, 4

100

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

THR CRV Throttle curve(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so thatthe engine/motor speed relative to movement of theWKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKWŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set,
the throttle EXP function cannot be used.

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Switch selection● The set-up curve is shown

5 point curve
set（Present switch position）

Airplane● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Throttle curve■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

＋

−
or

Default：SwC■ 5 point curve set③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and arate is set up.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：P-1 : 0%, P-2 : 25%, P-3 : 50%, P-4 : 75%, P-5 : 100%

101

IDL DWN Idle down

(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

This function is linked to the air brake switch
and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is
used when engine idle is set high to prevent the
HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR
lower engine idle when landing.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW
ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH
LGOHGRZQDPRXQWŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 '7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH
VHOHFWHG

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "IDL DWN"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Activating the function
Idle down rate

Airplane

Switch selection
Switch direction● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN

Idle down■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the onor oﬀ by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3 P S W ： N U L L , U P, U P & D W N ,UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN

Range：SwA 〜 SwD■ Idle down rate
④ Select the "RATE" item andthen ad just the idle down
rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−or

Default：SwC

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 40%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● The idle down amount is usually 10% 〜 20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum
slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and oﬀ.

102

GYRO

Gyro sensor(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHWXVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
ŏ7.RQO\FKDQQHOJDLQFRQWURO
ŏD[HVJ\URRIJDLQFDQ WEHFRQWUROOHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKHVHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR '  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJIOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function

Gain switch selection
Switch position（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain）

GYRO setup■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Airplane● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Switches to thesensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

■ Gain switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

Default：SwB■ Gyro mode and gain setting③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFFAVC 100%

AVCS

When a ＋ key ispressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.

＋

0%

Normal−NOR 100%
When a − key ispressed, gain of theNormal side is UP.

103

AIL DIF

Aileron diﬀerential(AIRPLANE)

WING TYPE

Function

The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. This function is restricted
to 2 servo aileron.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

CH1

CH6

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL DIF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Airplane（Aileron）
Aileron1
（CH1）
rate

L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate

Aileron6（CH6）rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Select the Left/Right with theaileron stick .

Aileron Diﬀerential■ Activating the function① Select the "2AIL" or "2AIL1FLP"
by WING type (MDL TYP).

■ Aileron rate
② Select the "AIL1" item and move theaileron stick to the left and right andadjust the travel of each servo bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity ischanged only the number returns to the initial value.

（Adjust the "AIL6" item in the same way as ② .）104

V-Tail

V-TAIL(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft thatcombine the elevator and rudder functions.

CH2 (CH4)CH4 (CH2)(Stick mode 2)

MethodElevator UP

Elevator DOWN

Rudder Right

Rudder Left

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

ELE2 rate
ELE4 rate（Rate adjustment）

Airplane● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function

RUD2 rate
RUD4 rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

V-TAIL■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate adjustment② Select the value item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（only ELE4 : -50%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and theservo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

105

CAMBER Camber(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

The up/down travel of each flap/aileron (flaps: FLP5, ailerons: AIL1/6) can be adjusted
independently for each servo according to thewing type. The camber operates by switch A.
ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVZLWFKFDQEHFKDQJHG

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

CH5
Flap 5
CH1
Aileron 1
CH6
Aileron 6

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CAMBER"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Airplane● Switch position● Aileron 1● Aileron 6● Elevator● Flap● Activating the function● Switch selection● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

＋

● Current switch position

106−● The value is changed by+ key or ‒ key.

AIR BRK Air brake(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when the air brake isnecessary during landing and is turned on and off
by switch D (initial setting).
ŏ1RUPDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQV DUH XVHG DV D  EUDNH
WKH\DUHUDLVHG 83VLGH
ŏ:KHQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH LV ´2)67µ RIIVHW  WKHDLU EUDNH LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ :KHQ
WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV´/,15µ OLQHDU WKHDLUEUDNH
LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\ DW VZLWFK 21 DQG IURP WKHFRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ(Example)

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

ŏ,IWKH´/,15µPRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNFRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXWLW FDQ EH VHSDUDWHG IURP &+ RSHUDWLRQ &+ 
FRQWURO FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFN RU WR
95 NQRE  +RZHYHU ZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFN ZDVVHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULP DQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH
IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG
ŏ:KHQ XVHG LQ WKH ´/,15µ PRGH DGMXVW WKH WUDYHOZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN DW WKH PD[LPXP VORZ VLGHEUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP 

Flap down*When using a ﬂap here, makeCH5(FLAP) NUL in AUX CH.

WING type 1AIL1FLP or
2AIL1FLP
5CH
6CH
1CH

Switch C
Ailerons up● Adjustment item for every wing type

WING type 2AIL or
2AIL1FLP

1AIL1FLP

2AIL

2AIL1FLPELEVONAIL1(1CH)
ELEV(2CH)
FLAP(5CH)
AIL6(6CH)----Elevator
Flap
-----

Aileron1
Elevator----Aileron6

Aileron1
Elevator
Flap
Aileron6----Elevator
Flap
-----

Airplane

Display

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIR BRK"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

Rate set
Elevator delay rate set● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

$,5%5.

3CH Control set (LINR mode)● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Switch selection
Switch direction
Mode● When the “LINR” operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed
at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.

107Air brake■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Rate set② Select the "rate" item andadjust the servo travel bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

＋

−
or

or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（ELEV only -10%）● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.

■ Delay Rate set③ Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator
operation delay by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● The amount of delay is large at 100%.

Range：0 〜 100%

Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.

（In the case of change of a switch）■ Switch selection① Select the "SW"i tem an d t h e nselect the switch
by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Airplane

Range：SwA 〜 SwD
Default：SwD■ Switch direction② Select the ON direction bypressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

−
orRange：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DN, UP&CT, CENTR, CT&DN,
DOWN（In the case of change of a mode）■ Mode①S e l e c t t h e ＋−"MOD" itemorand select theoperation modeby pressing the + key or the ‒ key.

Range：OFST, LINR
Default：OFST■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode
only)
② Select the operation reference point setting
item newly displayed at the bottom row
of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the
air brake start point and set the reference point bypressing the Jog key for 1 second.

Range：0 〜 100%

（When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR"）■ "LINR" mode 3CH control① Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒key.

Range：THR, SwA 〜 SwD, VR
Default：THR

108＋

EL → FLP Elevator → Flap mixing(AIRPLANE)

WING TYPE

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

Function

This mixing is used when you want to apply
PL[LQJIURPHOHYDWRUWRÀDS8VXDOO\PL[LQJ
LVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJWKH
elevator. When used with Fun Fly and otheraircraft, small loops are possible.

CH5
Flap 5

ŏ7KH XS VLGH DQG GRZQ VLGH UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG

CH2Elevator

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "EL → FLP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Select the ↑ / ↓ with theelevator stick .
Mixing rate

Switch selection
Switch direction● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN

Airplane（Elevator up side rate）（Elevator down side rate）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Activating the function

Elevator → Flap Mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the ON
or OFF by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key at
the ON direction
selection item.

＋

−
or

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3 P S W ： N U L L , U P, U P & D W N ,UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwD■ Mixing rate
④ S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t e m a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range：-100 〜 +100%

＋

−
or

Default：+50%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.
● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses anelevator stick.

109

FLP → EL Flap → Elevator mixing(AIRPLANE)

WING TYPE

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

Function

This mixing is used to compensate for pitch
FKDQJHV HOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQ DWÀDSRSHUDWLRQCH5Flap 5

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWLVSRVVLEOHE\FKDQJLQJWKH
UDWHSRODULW\ŏ7KH PL[LQJ UHIHUHQFH SRLQW FDQ EH VKLIWHG
2))6(7

CH2
Elevator

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "FLP → EL"from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● The movement switch iscommon with ﬂap CH.
● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Mixing rate

AirplaneMixing oﬀset rate
（Present ﬂap operating
position）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Flap → Elevator Mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

（When changing the mixing reference point）■ Mixing reference point oﬀset setting① Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap CH to thepoint you want to make the mixing reference point andset the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1
second.

Range：-100 〜 +100% Default：0%

110

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

or● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

＋（1 second）

ELEVON Elevon(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE

Function

This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, anddisk shaped airplanes that combine the aileron andelevator functions.
Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and theCH2 servo to the right aileron.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON

CH2

ŏ7KH DLOHURQ DQG HOHYDWRU WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
LQGLYLGXDOO\CH1

Pitch (Elevator operation)
CH2

CH1
Roll (Aileron operation)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "ELEVON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Aileron1（CH1）rate（Aileron rate）

Aileron2（CH2）rate
Elevator2（CH1）rate

L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate

Elevator1（CH2）rate（Elevator rate）

Airplane

Select the Left/
Right with theaileron stick .

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

ELEVON■ Activating the function① Select the "ELEVON" by WING
type (MDL TYP).

■ Rate set② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%（only ELE1 : -100%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and theservo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

111

HELICOPTER Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.

PowerON● First set thethrottle to low.

The SWSH type
is indicatedevery several
seconds.

● Then turn on the power.

● When t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

+5（Home screen）

END

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

● When the + key is pressed for（1 second） 1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

＋

MENU
MENU
1/4

Helicopter

MENU
2/4

MENU
3/4

（Selection）● Move the cursor( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n ddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
4/4

112

● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

key ／ LCD●＋ keyRefer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.

●− key●Jog key●END key■ Function◆ MENU 1/4◆ MENU 2/4◆ MENU 3/4

MDL SEL

P.49

PRMTR

P.62

TIMER

P.91

MDL TYP

P.52

P.MIX

P.67

TRAINERP.93

MDL NAMP.54

AUX CH

P.70

CONDIT

P.114

F/S

P.56

SERVO

P.71

THR CUTP.115

Ｅ POINTP.58

TLMTRYP.72

DR EXP

P.117

TRIM

P.59

SENSOR

P.85

OFFSET

P.119

SUB TRM

P.60

S.BUS

P.87

DELAY

P.120

REVERSP.61

Ｍ TRANS

P.90

GYRO

P.121

SWH AFRP.122

SWH MIX

P.123

THR CRV

P.125

PIT CRV

P.127

REVO MXP.129

TH HOLDP.131

HOV THRP.132

HOV PIT

P.133（Condition switching at eachsetting screen）

Helicopter◆ MENU 4/4● Press the jog button for 1 second.
When setting conditions with thefollowing function, each setting canbe made by switching the condition
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
D/R, EXPO, Throttle curve,
Pitch curve, OFFSET, Swash MIX

113

CONDIT Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold) (HELICOPTER)
Function
The condition switches (idle up 1/2 and throttle
hold switch) are not operative at initial setting.
Switch setting is performed in advance with thecondition select function.

ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z& FHQWHU LGOHXS6Z&
GRZQ WKURWWOHKROG6Z' GRZQ 

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CONDIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Idle-upsetting
Throttlehold
setting● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Activating thefunction） （Switch direction ）（Switch selection ）Helicopter

Condition select■ Activating the function① Select the "INH" item of thecondition you want to use and set
it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

（In the case of change of a switch）■ Switch selection② A cursor is moved to ＋
"Switch selection" andora switch is changed by＋ key or − key.

−

Range：SwA 〜 SwD
Default：SwC（IDLE-UP1）,
SwC（IDLE-UP2）, SwD（THR-HOLD）

114■ Switch direction③ A cursor is moved to"Switch direction" anda switch direction ischanged by ＋ key or −
key.

＋

−
or

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

THR CUT Throttle cut(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate isadjusted to the position which completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When THR CUT is active, the throttle position isheld regardless of the throttle stick position.

LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQLVQRWUHVHWHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH  125(6&PRGHWKHQH[WSDJHUHIHUULQJŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 '
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

ŏ7KH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW
FDQ EH VHW VR WKH PRWRU ZLOO QRW XQH[SHFWHGO\UXQ DW KLJK VSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC.
● The value in parentheses is thecurrent throttle stick position.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Throttle Cut■ Mode① Select the "MODE" item and then select themode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Helicopter

Mode
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection■ Activating the function② Select the "MIX" item and then select the oﬀ
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−

or

or

Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

● "NOR"：Engine model"ESC"：Electric motor model115

Throttle Cut■ Switch selection③ Select the "SW" item and then selectthe switch by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Switch direction④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

＋

−

−
or

or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwD● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

Default：SwA■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then selectthe cht position by pressing the + key or‒ key (motor stop).

＋■ Function Throttle Position⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the position
by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1
second.

−or● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range：-30 〜 0 〜 +30%
Default：0%● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：15%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

NOR MODE（Engine）

ESC MODE（Motor）

THR CHTTHR CHT

Helicopter

OFF
OFF
ON
ON

Cut switch ON

Cut switch ON

Motor Stop

THR stick Low(It's possible to do
positional change.）

Enginestop

ReleaseOFF

ReleaseON

THR stick
middle-high(Besides the low)

OFF

ON

Cut switch OFF

THR stick Low

Cut switch OFFOFF

THR Active(It's possible to do
positional change.）ON

THR stickLow

Cut switch
OFF(It's possible to do
positional change.）

116

Motor Stop

Low→HighStart

DR EXP

Dual rate ／ EXPO(HELICOPTER)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 (3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG
ULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, and rudder neutral position.
Adjustments can be made in 2 (3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ6HOHFW：6ZLWFK$ 〜 6ZLWFK' ／ FRQGLWLRQ：&RQG
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）
Helicopter● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Switch direction（present switch position ）Dual rate
EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.
● Jog key is pushed for 1
second, a condition screen
will change.

（Switch number）（Rate）＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
4：Rudder117Dual rate
■ Channel selection① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

■ Switch direction② Select the "No" item andthen select the switch
direction or condition bypressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

Range：1, 2, 4

■ D/R Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "D/R" andset the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

−
or

Range：0 〜 140% Default：100%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
■ Channel selection① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

■ Switch direction② Select the "No" item andthen select the switch
direction or condition bypressing the + key or ‒key.

Range：1, 2, 4＋

■ EXP Setup of rate
③ Select the "EXP" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

−

Range：-100 〜 +100%、Default：0%

or● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Helicopter● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change■ Channel selection① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

■ Switch selection② A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：1, 2, 4

Range：SwA 〜 SwD, Cond
● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup ispossible for every condition.

118

OFFSET

Trim oﬀset(HELICOPTER)

FunctionIf this trim offset function is used, independent
trim adjustments can be made during hovering andin the air. This function can offset the ailerons,
elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking
to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends
to appear from the standpoint of helicopter
characteristics when flying at high speed ispossible. This function can correct this habit.
ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHUWLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQWR VHW WKH VZDVK SODWH VR WKDW WKH KHOLFRSWHU WLOWV
WR WKH OHIW 6LQFH WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRUV LV

GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW
GHFLGHWKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQWKH
J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF
WKHRIIVHWUDWHLVPDGH LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ WRPDNHFRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGHŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ
EHVHWIRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV
FDQ EH VHW IRU D  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR
FRQGLWLRQV ,'/,,+2/' LVDOVRSRVVLEOHŏ:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLVSRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH
LVLQSXWLQWKHDLU :KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLV21
WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "OFFSET"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/Oﬀ isshown when active and assigned
to a switch.

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
Activating the function
Switch direction,
Selection of condition
Oﬀset rate

（Present condition ）Switch selection

Trim oﬀset■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" or "OFF" bypressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction and condition
selection③ Select the switch direction andcondition you want to set at the switch
direction and＋−condition items.
or

＋

−

Helicopter● When "Cond" is chosen,
if Jog key is pushed for
1 second, it will change
to each condition
setting screen.

or

Range：Cond, SwA 〜 SwD■ Oﬀset rate
④ Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the oﬀset rateby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

119DELAYDelay(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function prevents sudden offset changes
when the offset, condition functions are turned on
and off.

ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUUXGGHUWKURWWOHDQGSLWFKŏ7KHVHWGHOD\LVFRPPRQWRWKHRIIVHWDQGFRQGL
WLRQIXQFWLRQV

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DELAY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
Delay rate

● The delay is maximum at 100%
(slowly).

Delay rate

Helicopter■ Delay rate setup① Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the delay rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

120

GYRO

Gyro sensor(HELICOPTER)

Function
ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJFKDQQHOFDQEHVHOHFWHG
ŏ7.RQO\FKDQQHOJDLQFRQWURO
ŏD[HVJ\URRIJDLQFDQ WEHFRQWUROOHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from thetransmitter. The AVCS gyro (AVC mode) or normal
gyro (NOR mode) can be selected.
ŏ7KHJDLQFDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ &RQG RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW
ŏ:KHQWKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG$9&RU125
LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHJDLQVHWWLQJYDOXH

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function

Gain switch selection（Present switch position）
Condition● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain set）

● Swit c h e s t o t h egain setting
screen of eachcondition when
the Jog key is pressed.

● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro gain setting
item to the mode and gain direct reading display.

■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

■ Gain switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

＋

−
or

Helicopter

Gyro setup

Range：Cond, SwA 〜 SwD■ Gyro mode and gain setting③ When choosing Cond. → Set a mode and gain every each condition.
When choosing Switch → UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective
positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFFAVC 100%
When a ＋ key ispressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.

AVCS

＋

0%

Normal−NOR 100%
When a − key ispressed, gain of theNormal side is UP.

121

SWH AFR Swash AFR(HELICOPTER)（When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.）

Function

This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3 or H-2 is selected
as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch
steering angle and direction can be adjusted.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SWH AFR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Depending on the swash type thescreen display is diﬀerent.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● When the polarity is changed, thedirection of operation is reversed.

Rete

NOTE：If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur .

Helicopter

Swash AFR
■ Travel adjustment of each function① Select each function item of "RATE" andset the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

122

SWH MIX Swash mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing is used to correct the bad tendenciesof the swash plate in the aileron direction andelevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, andpitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the directionthat requires correction so that the servo operates

smoothly in the proper direction relative to each
operation.
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH
VHW
ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ  FRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQExample of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies① AIL → ELE is set to ON.
② INH/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.
③ When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+"direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deﬂected.
Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.
However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction
relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SWH MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Mixing rate

（Present condition）（Rate）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Helicopter

Condition
Mixing master direction

Activating the function

123Swash mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then select the"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Setup of rate
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing
rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

or● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● When you are not using a function, set
this to INH.

● ON/OFF of a function, setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed andsetting condition can be chosen.

Range：NORM, IDL1, IDL2, HOLD

Helicopter

124

THR CRV Throttle curve(HELICOPTER)

Function
The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in
relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts
each point over the 0 〜 100% range so that the
HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKWŏ1RUPDO 125  LGOH XS  ,'/  LGOH XS  ,'/ 
WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
VZLWFK FDQ EH SUHVHW DW WKH FRQGLWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ

（Normal throttle curve adjustment method）
The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve isadjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down
control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on.

（Idle up 1/2 throttle curve adjustment method）
The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is
reduced during ﬂight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle
up curves 1/2 are by aerobatics.

CAUTION
Operation precautions
When starting the engine, always set idle up sticks 1/2 to OFF and start theengine at idling.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

5 point curve
rate

Helicopter● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch. A display
when normal is "---"（always
ON）.

Activating the function
Setting condition● The THR-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
（Rate） （Present condition）

125

Throttle curve■ Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2)① Select the "MIX" item and set to ＋
"ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

−or

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

Range：NOR, ID1, ID2● When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to"INH".

■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 〜 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Default：
P-5: 100%
P-4: 75%
P-3: 50%
P-2: 25%
P-1: 0%Range：0 〜 100%or

● When you want to return the set value tothe initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

■ Curve copying method① Select the "CND" itemand switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

② Press the + key or ‒key and select the copy
destination condition.

＋③ Copy the condition bypressing the Jog key for
1 second.

−（1 second）

or● Throttle curve setting examples

50

25
0
P1

（The example of a setting ）

%
100

50

P3

P4

STICK

（Normal）

P50
P1

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 65.0%
P2= 65.0%
P1= 67.0%

75
50

25

25

P2

（The example of a setting ）%100

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 54.0%
P1= 56.0%

75
RATE

75
RATE

Helicopter

P5=100.0%
P4= 65.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 30.0%
P1= 0.0%

RATE（The example of a setting ）

%
100

P2

P3

P4

P5

0
P1

P2

STICK

（Idle-up1）

P4

P5（Idle-up2）

NOTE：Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage
speciﬁcations.

126

P3
STICK

PIT CRV Pitch curve(HELICOPTER)

Function
The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5
point curve in relation to throttle stick movement
and adjustment of each point over the -100% 〜+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimumÀLJKWVWDWH

ŏ1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ DQG
KROG +/' SLWFKFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
DQG KROG +2/'  VZLWFKHV FDQ EH SUHVHW DW WKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQNOTE：When the hold switch is on, the hold function haspriority even though an idle up switch is in any position.

（Normal curve adjustment method）
The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted
together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control iseasiest.

（Idle up 1/2 curve adjustment method）
The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low
side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2 curves areused by aerobatics.

（Throttle hold curve adjustment method）
The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch tomatch the stick work at pitch up.

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "PIT CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Helicopter① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch. Whennormal,"---" (always ON) is
displayed.

Activating the function
Condition
5 point curve
rate● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● The PIT-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.

（Rate） （Present condition）

127

Pitch curve■ Activating the pitch curves（ID1/2, HLD）
① Select the "MIX" item and then ＋
select the "ON" or "OFF" byorpressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, HLD● When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set
to "INH".

Default：
P-5: +100%
P-4: +50%
P-3: 0%P-2: -50%
P-1: -100%■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 〜 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Range：-100 〜 +100%

or● When you want to return the set value tothe initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

■ Curve copying method① Select the "CND" itemand switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

② Press the + key or ‒key and select the copy
destination condition.

＋③ Copy the condition bypressing the Jog key for
1 second.

−（1 second）

or● Pitch curve setting examples

P5= +70%
P4= +50%
P3= +6%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%

0

0

+50

-50

-50

-100
P1

-100
P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

+50

P5= +100%
P4= +50%P3=0%
P2= -50%
P1= -100%

0

-50
-100
P1

P2

P3
STICK

P4

（Hold）

P3
STICK

P4

（Idle-up1）（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

P2

P5

P5

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -50%
P1= -80%

0

-50

STICK

RATE

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%-100
P1（Normal）

128+50（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

RATE

Helicopter

RATE

+50

（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

RATE

（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

P2

P3

P4

P5

STICK

（Idle-up2）

NOTE：Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to
the fuselage speciﬁcations.

REVO MX Pitch → Rudder (Revolution) mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHU PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV
the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction
torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter
in the direction opposite the direction of rotationof the main rotor) generated by the main rotor
pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitchof the tail rotor is also changed when the main
rotor pitch changes and reaction torque appears
and so that the nose does not swing to the left andright. However, when the AVCS mode is used
ZLWKD*<6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLV
unnecessary.

ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ UDWHVFDQEH
VHW
ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LV PL[HG LQ WKHULJKW GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH SLWFK EHFRPHV SOXV )RUD FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV
RSSRVLWH 7KH RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHVWKHUDWHSRODULW\&:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH /2: KLJKVLGH +,*+ &&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2:   KLJK VLGH+,*+ 
*7KH DERYH YDOXHV DUH WKH LQLWLDO YDOXHV 5HSODFHWKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV

Adjustment procedure
First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.

（Normal pitch → rudder mixing）（Idle-up1/2 Pitch → Rudder mixing）
This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed ﬂight.

Helicopter● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment
Repeatedly hover from take oﬀ and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, andadjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deﬂect when the throttle is raised and lowered.
If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking oﬀ, when hoveringstabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when
the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, thedirection of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may
also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.
● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment
Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust
pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deﬂect to the left and right when the throttle is raised andlowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large andif the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment
while taking the balance.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "REVO MX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

129

● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Selection of condition
High side Setup of rate
Low side Setup of rate（present switch position ）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Rate）

Pitch → Rudder mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

■ Selection of condition② Select the "COND" itemand selection of condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

−
or

Range：NORM, IDL1/2● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "HI"or"LO" and set the rate by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default(NORM)：-20%(LOW) +20%(HIGH)
Default(IDL1/2)：0%(LOW) 0%(HIGH)● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Helicopter

130

＋

−
or

TH HOLD Throttle hold

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The throttle hold function fixes or stops theengine throttle position by hold switch operation
during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be
set within the -50% 〜 +50% range based on thethrottle trim position.
The switch is changed at the conditions selection
screen. (Initial setting: SwD)CAUTION［NOTE］
Priority is given to throttle hold over idle-up.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "TH HOLD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

hold throttle position● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Throttle hold

＋

−
or

■ Hold throttle position② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-50 〜 +50%
Default：0%

Helicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ON" or "OFF" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.
● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to 【Hold position adjustment method】
condition THR-HOLD, and can be set ● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction andat any screen.
adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position andturn the hold switch on and oﬀ and set to the number at which the servo
does not operate.
NOTE：When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to theslowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.

131

HOV THR Hovering throttle(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering throttle function trims the throttle
near the hovering point.
When the hovering throttle VR is turned
clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in the temperature,humidity, and other flying conditions can betrimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed.
More precise trimming is possible by using thisfunction together with the hovering pitch function.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "HOV THR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use thefunction, switch to "ON".

Activating the function
Trim memory settting（Compensation amount at trim
memory）

VR setting
Selection of condition（Actual compensation amountincluding the hovering throttleVR）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● NORM：Only the normal condition operates● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition andidle-up1.

● The VR operating direction isdifferent depending on thepolarity.

Hovering Throttle

Helicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

−or● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ VR setting③ Select the "VR" item and then select the"VR" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Range：NULL（OFF）, +VR, -VR
Default：NULL■ Selection of condition② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM（Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position）■ Memory setting④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize thecurrent trim position by pressing the Jog
key.
● When the VR is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

132

HOV PIT Hovering pitch(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near
the hovering point.
When the hovering pitch VR is turned clockwise,
the pitch gets stronger and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in temperature,humidity, and other flying conditions can betrimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation.

MethodMore precise trimming is possible by using
this function together with the hovering throttle
function.
ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURPQRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXSŏ7KH WULP SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH PHPRUL]HG ,I LW LV
PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG
WKHRULJLQDOWULPVWDWHFDQEHUHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\VHWWLQJWKH95WRWKHFHQWHUZKHQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "HOV PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use thefunction, switch to "ON".

Activating the function
Trim memory settting（Compensation amount at trim
memory）

VR setting
Selection of condition（Actual compensation amountincluding the hovering pitchVR）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● NORM：Only the normal condition operates● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition andidle-up1.

● The VR operating direction isdifferent depending on thepolarity■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

−or● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ VR setting③ Select the "VR" item
and then select the"VR" b y p r e s s i n g
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

Range：NULL（OFF）, +VR, -VR
Default：-VR−or■ Selection of condition② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Helicopter

Hovering Pitch

Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM（Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position）■ Memory setting④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current
trim position by pressing the Jog key.
● When the VR is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

133

Glider function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to glider (2AIL4FLP) is displayed here.

Power ON

● First set thethrottle to low.

● Then turn on
the power.
（Home screen）● W hen t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END

The wing type
is indicatedevery several
seconds.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key$)＋

（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

MENU
MENU
1/4

MENU
2/4

GliderMENU
3/4（Selection）● Move the cursor( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n ddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）

MENU
4/4

134

ƔPress the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

■ The menu items can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if
WING type is 1AIL, since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING
type used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function◆ MENU 1/4◆ MENU 2/4◆ MENU 3/4

MDL SEL

P.49

PRMTR

P.62

TIMER

P.91

MDL TYP

P.52

P.MIX

P.67

TRAINERP.93

MDL NAMP.54

AUX CH

P.70

CONDIT

P.136

F/S

P.56

SERVO

P.71

Ｅ POINTP.58

TLMTRYP.72

DR EXP

P.137

TRIM

P.59

SENSORP.85

SUB TRM

P.60

S.BUS

P.87

MOT SW

P.139

REVERSP.61

Ｍ TRANS

P.90

GYRO

P.140

◆ MENU 4/4
P.141

Ｖ TAILP.142

BUTFLYP.143

TRM MIX

P.144

EL → CMB

P.145

CMB MIX

P.147

AL → CMB

P.148

Key ／ LCD●＋ key●− keyGliderAIL DIF●END key●Jog key135

CONDIT Condition(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

The condition function lets you change multiple
settings by one switch operation. Different
settings can be made immediately by switching 2
conditions.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDW FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ FRQGLWLRQ
are:・Camber MIX ・%XWWHUÁ\・(/(ń&DPEHU ・$,/ń&DPEHU
・Trim mix

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "CONDIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using thisFunction select INH.
The display of On/Off isshown when active andassigned to a switch.

Condition1● Priority is given to thecondition 2 when thecondition 1 and 2 is turned on
simultaneously.

Condition2● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
（Activating the function）（Switch direction）（Switch selection）

CONDITION

Glider■ Activating the function① Select the "INH" item of thecondition you want to use andthen set that condition to "ON" or"OFF" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

（Changing the switch）■ Switch selection② Change the switch bypressing the + key or‒ key at the switch
selection item.

＋

−
or

■ Switch direction③ Select the ON direction
by pressing the + key or‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.

＋

−
or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwD
Default：SwA

136● 2P SW：NUL, UP, DWN● 3P SW：NULL, UP, U&D, U&C, CNT, C&D, DWN

DR EXP

Dual rate ／ EXPOWING TYPE

Function(GLIDER)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP

D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2(3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQ
EHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

GliderDual rate＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：RudderSelect the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick .

137

D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of thesame channel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

＋

−
or

Glider138

Range：1, 2, 4

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

MOT SW Motor switch(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function sets the operating motor when
the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The
operating speed can individually set in 2 rangesof high from slow and slow from high. If you do
motor control with a throttle stick, you should
set this function to INH.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPŏ)RUVDIHW\WKH212))VZLWFKRIWKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOIFDQEHVHW
ŏ,IDWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUVXSSO\LVVZLWFKHGRQZKLOH
WKH PRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOORSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWKWKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "MOT SW"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Present motor
control position

6$)(● OFF-position(0% : OFF)● ON-position(100% : High)● Decelerating speed setting

6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
6:㌣6Z'㌣'2:1

67$57

● If this safety switch
is not ON, themotor will not starteven if the starterswitch is turned on.
In "NULL", a safe
function does notwork.

● Start SW● Accelerating speed setting

Motor■ Activating the function① Select the "MODE" item
and then select the"OFF" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Change the switch bypressing the + key or‒ key a t t h e s w i t c hselection item.

−or● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

−

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwD■ Speed setting④ Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.
Range：OFF, 1 〜 10 (more slowly)

Glider■ Switch direction③ Select the ＋" D O W N " it emorand then selectthe position bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

● (ON) is the acceleration speed setting.
● (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.

● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
● 3P SW： UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWNDANGER
Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.
Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\

139

GYRO

Gyro sensor(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPDWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHWXVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKThis function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKHVHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR '  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJIOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Gain switch selection

Each switch position
Gyro type / Gain rate

（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）● Switches to thesensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

（Gyro Gain）

GYRO setup■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

■ Gain switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

GliderRange：SwA 〜 SwD

Default：SwB■ Gyro mode and gain setting③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFF140

AVC 100%

AVCS

When a ＋ key ispressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.

＋

0%

Normal−NOR 100%
When a − key ispressed, gain of theNormal side is UP.

AIL DIF

Aileron diﬀerential(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

Two servos can be used for ailerons and adifferential can be applied to left and right aileron
operation. The left and right aileron differential canbe adjusted independently. This function is restricted
to 2 servo aileron.
Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the rightaileron to CH6.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP

Aileron 1(CH1)
Aileron 6(CH6)

ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL DIF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Aileron 1
（CH1）
rate
Aileron 6（CH6）rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

（Aileron rate）
L：Aileron Stick Left side rate
R：Aileron Stick Right side rate

Select the Left/Right with theaileron stick .

Aileron Diﬀerential■ Aileron rate
② Select the "AIL1" item and move theaileron stick to the left and right andadjust the travel of each servo bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Glider■ Activating the function① Select the "2AIL" or "2AIL1FLP""2AIL2FLP" by WING type (MDL
TYP).

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity ischanged only the number returns to the initial value.

（Adjust the "AIL6" item in the same way as ② .）141

V-Tail

V-TAIL(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPThis mixing is used with V tail aircraft thatcombine the elevator and rudder functions.

CH2 (CH4)CH4 (CH2)(Stick mode 2)

MethodElevator UP

Elevator DOWN

Rudder Right

Rudder Left

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function
ELE2 rate
ELE4 rate（Rate adjustment）
RUD2 rate
RUD4 rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

V-TAIL

Glider■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate adjustment② Select the value item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（only ELE4 : -50%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and theservo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

142

BUTFLY Butterﬂy mixing(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function is utilized to quickly slow theaircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering theÀDSButterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJthe following:

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\3 URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKHWHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFKŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHWŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

OFFON
Switch set to ON

Resistance increased by raising
the elevators and lowering theﬂaps

THR stick lowered

Fine tuning of an elevator

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "BUTFLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Amount of movement setting● Butterﬂy : ACT/INH● When MIX is set to ACT, the amount of MIX(s)according to stick operation is displayed.

● Can be either
set to a switch
or when NULL
is controlled
by the THR
stick.

● Aileron● Flap● Elevator● Oﬀset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%.

（Currently selected condition）

Brake amountMAX● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

OFST ▶ 100%
At THR stick high＋press the Jog key for 1 second

OFST ▶60%
press the Jog key for 1 second

−

High
Slow
THR stick operation
Brake amountMAX

At THR stick 60%● Current THR stick position
0％ : Low 100％ : High

Glider● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

● It can't be set.
＜ It's caused by thewing type. ＞● The value is changed by+ key or ‒ key.

Start from
60%

High

Slow

THR stick operation● When offset is set below a center, themixing of THR stick operates by the high
side.

143

TRM MIX Trim mix(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function shifts the ailerons, elevator, andHDFKÀDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID
switch.

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQFDQEHVHW

OFF

Aileron 1
(CH1)

ON

Flap
(CH5)

Set the switch to ON

Trim of each control surface is
moved to the set value.

Aileron 6(CH6)

Elevator(CH2)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "TRM MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）[TRIM MIX page1]● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

＋−

● Sets the trim neutral position of eachcontrol surface.
Range：-100 〜 +100
Returned to 0 by pressing the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.

[TRIM MIX page2]● The value is changed by+ key or ‒ key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key andchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

Activating the function

Glider● When not using thisfunction, select INH.

3 Position Switch
NULL
ON

UP
ON

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

144

UP&DWN

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

EL → CMB

Elevator → Camber mixing
WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift isincreased.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLPŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJWKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH
FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH 5$1*(

Aileron 1(CH1)

Up the elevator

Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap
(CH5)

ﬂap is down
Elevator(CH2)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "EL → CMB"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）（Currently selected condition）
Mixing rate
● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Aileron 1＋● Aileron 6−● Flap 5● Flap 3● It can't be set.
＜ It's caused by thewing type. ＞● The value is changed by+ key or ‒ key.
● (RT1) and (RT2) show thedirection of elevator ofoperation.

（Currently selected condition）● When condition is used, thedisplay can be switched andeach connection can be set byswitching the condition switch.

● Camber MIX ACT/INH● Can be either set to aswitch or when NULL isalways active.

Glider[ELE → Camber ２page]● Sets the ON/OFF direction of
the selected switch.

● Described on
the next page.

● Current position of theelevator stick145

[ELE → Camber ２page]● When MIX is set to ACT, theamount of MIX(s) according tostick operation is displayed.

● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting sothat camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly
is possible.

RANGE setting■ Setting state① Select the "0%" item next toRANGE with the Jog key.

■ To setting value② Move the elevator stick to the position you
want operation to begin.

Can be either up or down. When set
to down, the up side is also set by thesame amount.

■ Set value memorization③ Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Hold the stick inposition.



When elevator operation exceeds the range,
the stick position is displayed and mixing is
performed.
● When a RANGE number is selected and the
Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is
reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.

Glider● Use example of RANGE

Elevator Operation

Only an elevator moves in case of a little operation.

Elevator and ﬂap move in case of big operation.

146

CMB MIX Camber mixing(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function adjusts the rate of camber
RSHUDWLRQIRUWKHZLQJFDPEHU DLOHURQVÀDS LQ
the negative and positive directions. The aileron,flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted
independently and attitude changes caused bycamber operation can be corrected.

All the wing control surfaces arelowered and the camber is increased(lift increases)

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP*Initial setting assigns camber operation to VR.
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFKŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHOAll the wing control surfaces areraised and the camber isdecreased (lift decreases)

Turn the VR

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting theamount of elevator movement.

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting theamount of elevator movement.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CMB MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）（Currently selected condition）

Sets the amount of
movement when
the VR was turned.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Aileron 1＋● Aileron 6−● Flap 5● Flap 3● The value is changed by+ key or ‒ key.

[CMB MIX ２page]● Amount of compensationof the elevator when thecamber changed.

(RT2)：The amount ofoperations when VR is turned to
the left.

Glider(RT1)：The amount ofoperations when VR is turned to
the right.

（Currently selected condition）● When condition is used, thedisplay can be switched andeach connection can be set byswitching the condition switch.

● Camber MIX ACT/INH● Can be set to operate froma switch. When NULL, it isoperated by a VR.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of
the selected switch.

147

AL → CMB Aileron → Camber mixing
WING TYPE

Function

7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVZLWKDLOHURQ
operation (stick). It is used when you want toincrease roll axis maneuverability.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\Flaps and ailerons
operateOFFON
Set switch to ON

Roll is corrected by using
the ailerons to control thecamber FLP.

Ailerons operation

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "AL → CMB"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Mixing rate

● When condition was used, thedisplay can be switched andeach connection can be set byswitching the condition switch.

Activating the function● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n dchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

DOWN

Glider

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

AIL → Camber mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

148

DOWN

ON

■ Mixing rate
② Select the value item and thenadjust the mixing rate by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Multicopter Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.

Power ON

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

（Home screen）● When t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

END● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is（1 second）
displayed.

＋

MENU

MENU
1/3
（Selection）

MENU
2/3

Multicopter● Move the cursor(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and rightwith the Jog key and selectthe function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
3/3● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

149key ／ LCD●＋ key●END key●− key●Jog key

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function◆ MENU 1/3
Multicopter

150◆ MENU 2/3◆ MENU 3/3

MDL SEL

P.49

PRMTR

P.62

TIMER

P.91

MDL TYP

P.52

P.MIX

P.67

TRAINERP.93

MDL NAMP.54

AUX CH

P.70

FLY MOD

P.151

F/S

P.56

SERVO

P.71

CNT ALM

P.152

Ｅ POINTP.58

TLMTRYP.72

DR EXP

P.153

TRIM

P.59

SENSORP.85

THR CRV

P.155

SUB TRM

P.60

S.BUS

P.87

THR DLY

P.156

REVERSP.61

Ｍ TRANS

P.90

GYRO

P.157

FLY MOD Flight mode

(MULTICOPT)

Function
This flight mode is used for a controller of themulti-copter connected to 6CH.
4 can be changed to a flight mode by thechosen switch. It's used in case of a controller of
DPXOWLFRSWHURIWKHW\SHWRZKLFKWKHÀLJKWPRGH
can be changed.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "FLY MOD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

● NOR is setting of CH6of the state that SW isoff. 0 is usually used inthis state neutrally. Even
if the numerical value
is changed in case of
INH, movement doesn't
reﬂect 1-4.

Flight mode

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Activating the function）（Switch direction）（Switch selection）● Priority is given to themode 2 when the mode
1 and 2 is turned on
simultaneously.

Multicopter

Flight mode
■ Activating the function① Select the "INH" item of thecondition you want to use andthen set that ﬂight mode to "ON"or "OFF" by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−or● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

（Changing the switch）■ Switch selection② Change the switch bypressing the + key or‒ key at the switch
selection item.

＋

−
or

■ Switch direction③ Select the ON direction
by pressing the + key or‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.

＋

−
or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwD
Default：SwA● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

151

CNT ALM Center alarm(MULTICOPT)

Function$QDODUP VLQJOHEHHS FDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK

Beep sounds

When the THR stickis set to thespeciﬁed position.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CNT ALM"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When
ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFFchanges are linked to the switch.

Multicopter

INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position● Select the itemwith the Jog
key.
● The number in parenthesisis the current throttle stick
position.

Position setting① Stick position is chosen by
Jog key.

OFF

152● This is a throttle stick position alarm.
When a throttle stick was besides the slow position
and a transmitter was turned on. → Alarm start② Set the throttle stick to theposition at which you wantto generate the alarm.

THR Stick③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds atthat position.

Memorize the position atwhich the beep is to sound.

DR EXP

Dual rate ／ EXPO(MULTICOPT)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control rate can be switched in 2(3) steps.
ŏ7KHFRQWUROUDWHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP
7KLVIXQFWLRQPDNHVRSHUDWLRQPRUHSOHDVDQWE\FKDQJLQJWKHRSHUDWLQJFXUYHVRWKDWVHUYRPRYHPHQWLVVOXJJLVKRUVHQVLWLYHUHODWLYHWRVWLFNRSHUDWLRQQHDUWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUWKURWWOHDQGUXGGHUQHXWUDO
position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control rate.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ŏ:KHQWKURWWOHFXUYHIXQFWLRQLVVHWWKHWKURWWOH(;3IXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHXVHG

Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Dual rate（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

Multicopter● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：RudderSelect the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick .

153

D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

＋−

Multicopter

or

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

Range：1, 2, 4

EXPO TYPE : Throttle only
TYPE ▶ NORM
THR : HIGHTYPE ▶ SEPA
Using the NORM
curve is helpful in amodel is controlled
at the throttle stick
whole ﬁeld.

THR : LOW
Stick : LOW

154

THR : HIGH

Using the SEPA
curve is helpful in amodel is controlled
at an upper partfrom neutral of athrottle stick.

THR : LOW
Stick : HIGH

Stick : LOW

Stick : HIGH

THR CRV Throttle curve(MULTICOPT)

Function
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve sothat the motor speed relative to movement of theWKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKWŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQWhen this function is set, the throttle EXP function cannot be used.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Switch selection● The set-up curve is shown

5 point curve
set（Present switch position）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Throttle curve

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

＋

−
or

Default：SwC■ 5 point curve set③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and arate is set up.

＋

Multicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

−or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：P-1: 0%, P-2: 25%, P-3: 50%, P-4: 75%, P-5: 100%

155

THR DLY

Throttle delay(MULTICOPT)

Function
When this function is used, the throttle operating
speed can be slowed down.
When the motor response is too sensitive, it'sused.
ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR DLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function
Delay Rate set（Throttle delay rate）● It can be set to slow the throttle
movement up to +100%● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Multicopter

THR DELAY■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

156■ Delay Rate set② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

GYRO

Gyro sensor(MULTICOPT)

Function
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KLVJ\URIXQFWLRQLVQ WXVHGIRUDÁLJKW$ÁLJKWJ\UR
LV HTXLSSHG DOUHDG\ LQ D PXOWLFRSWHU HJ WKHDQJOHNHHSRIWKHFDPHUDLW VXVHG

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this function,
select INH.

Gain switch selection

Each switch position
Gyro type / Gain rate

（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）● Switches to the gain
setting screen ofeach switch direction
when the Jog key ispressed.

（Gyro Gain）

GYRO setup

＋

−
or

■ Gain switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

Range：SwA 〜 SwD

Multicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

Default：SwB■ Gyro mode and gain setting③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFFAVC 100%

AVCS

When a ＋ key ispressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.

＋

0%

Normal−NOR 100%
When a − key ispressed, gain of theNormal side is UP.

157

TX SETTING
The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can bechanged and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.
Turn on the power switch with the + key
and ‒ key pressed in the power oﬀ state. The
screen shown at the left appears. To returnto the home screen, turn off the power
and then turn the power back on withoutpressing the keys.

7;6(77,1*
67.02'(



67.$'7+55(9

1(;7
125

/$1*8$*((QJOLVKᴾ■ STK-MODE

AIL

RUD

AIL

RUD

ELE THRTHR ELE

MODE 1

MODE 2RUD

AILThis is the MODE1 〜 MODE4 setting. The
initial state is MODE2. To change the modethe stick ratchet must be changed. Requestthat this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged
modiﬁcation)

RUD

AIL

ELE THRTHR ELE

MODE 3

MODE 4■ STK-ADJ
This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment.
Do not use it in the normal state.
Calling the setting screen① Turn off the power and thenturn the power back on whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② Select STK-ADJ → NEXTin the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Enter the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

② Press the Jog key down
and select NEUT ■ .

③ Set the stick to the neutral
position and press the Jog
key.

−

Stick adjustment① Select the stick you want toadjust with 1 〜 4 with the +
key.

＋
1

4
3

158

2

④ Swing the selected stick fully
to the left and right (up anddown).

⑤ ■ appears next to "LEFT"
and "RGHT". Press the Jog
key.

⑥ When "Complete" isdisplayed, adjustment iscomplete.

END■ THR-REVThis function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down
and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is eﬀective andwhen the stick is down, trim is not eﬀective.
*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in thenormal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim
becomes ineﬀective at slow.
THR-REV① Turn off the power and thenturn on the power whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② Select THR-REV → NOR
in the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Select NOR or REV bypressing the + key or ‒ key.
Setting is ended by power
oﬀ.

＋

−

−

■ LANGUAGE
The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but
can be selected from among 7 languages.
LANGUAGE① Turn off the power and thenturn on the power whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② Select
MENU LANG → English
in the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Select NOR or REV bypressing the + key or ‒ key.
Setting is ended by power
oﬀ.

＋

−

−

Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power
without pressing a key.
FUTABA CORPORATION
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983

2015, 6 (1)159